Merged from emacs@sv.gnu.org.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17383 38807))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17496 38721))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17405 10313))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17591 9287))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17505 62421))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17549 4607))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17390 26934))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17591 9444))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
597
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
607
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
613
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
619 current topic.
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
626
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
631 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
632 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
633 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
634 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
635
636 Topic-oriented Encryption:
637 -------------------------
638 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
639
640 Misc commands:
641 -------------
642 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
643 and establish a default file-var setting
644 for `allout-layout'.
645 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
646 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
647 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
648 buffer with name derived from derived from that
649 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
650 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
651 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
652 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
653 format.
654 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
655 auto-activation.
656
657 Topic Encryption
658
659 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
660 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
661 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
662 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
663 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
664 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
665 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
666 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
667 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
668 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
669
670 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
671 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
672
673 HOT-SPOT Operation
674
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
677
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
683
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
689
690 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
691 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
692 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
693 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
694
695 Terminology
696
697 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
698
699 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
700 contain and be contained by other topics.
701 CURRENT topic:
702 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
703 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
704 containment. Also called the:
705 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
706
707 ANCESTORS:
708 The topics that contain a topic.
709 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
710 the topic.
711 OFFSPRING:
712 The topics contained by a topic;
713 SUBTOPIC:
714 An immediate offspring of a topic;
715 CHILDREN:
716 The immediate offspring of a topic.
717 SIBLINGS:
718 Topics having the same parent and depth.
719
720 Topic text constituents:
721
722 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
723 text.
724 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
725 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
726 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
727 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
728 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
729
730 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
731 of the topic.
732 PREFIX-LEAD:
733 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
734 It can be customized by changing the setting of
735 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
736
737 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
738 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
739 program code without interfering with the language processing
740 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
741 docstring for more detail.
742 PREFIX-PADDING:
743 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
744 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
745 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
746 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
747 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
748 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
749 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
750 the topic.
751 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
752 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
753
754
755 EXPOSURE:
756 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
757 of its offspring and contained text.
758 CONCEALED:
759 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
760 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
761
762 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
763 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
764 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
765
766 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
767
768 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
769
770 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
771 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
772
773 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
774 setup for auto-startup.
775
776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
777
778 ;;;***
779 \f
780 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
781 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17390 26944))
782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
783
784 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
785
786 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
787 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
788 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
789 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
790 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
791 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
792
793 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
794
795 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
796 Not documented
797
798 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
799
800 ;;;***
801 \f
802 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
803 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
805
806 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
807 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
808 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
809 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
810 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
811 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
812 in the current window.
813
814 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
815
816 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
817 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
818 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
819
820 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
821
822 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
823 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
824 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
825
826 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
827
828 ;;;***
829 \f
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
831 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
833
834 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
835 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
836
837 \(fn)" t nil)
838
839 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
840 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
841
842 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
843 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
844 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
845 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
846
847 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
848 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
849
850 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
851
852 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
853
854 ;;;***
855 \f
856 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
857 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17490 7905))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
859
860 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
861 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
862 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
863 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
864 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
865 \\[yank].
866
867 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
868 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
869 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
870 the rules.
871
872 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
873 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
874 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
875 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
876
877 \(fn)" t nil)
878
879 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
880 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
881 \\{antlr-mode-map}
882
883 \(fn)" t nil)
884
885 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
886 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
887 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
888
889 \(fn)" nil nil)
890
891 ;;;***
892 \f
893 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
894 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
895 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
896 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17569 17797))
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
898
899 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
900 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
901 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
902 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
903
904 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
905
906 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
907 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
908
909 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
910
911 (defvar appt-audible t "\
912 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
913
914 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
915
916 (defvar appt-visible t "\
917 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
918 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
919
920 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
921
922 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
923 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
924 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
925
926 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
927
928 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
929 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
930 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
931
932 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
933
934 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
935 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
936 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
937
938 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
939
940 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
941 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
942 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
943
944 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
945
946 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
949
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
951
952 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
954
955 \(fn)" t nil)
956
957 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
964
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
966 function.
967
968 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
969 appointment package (if it is not already active).
970
971 \(fn)" nil nil)
972
973 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
974 Toggle checking of appointments.
975 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
976 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
977
978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
979
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
983 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
984 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17478 25206))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
986
987 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
988 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
989 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
990 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
991
992 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
993 kind of objects to search.
994
995 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
996
997 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
998 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1003
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1005 normal variables.
1006
1007 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1008
1009 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1010
1011 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1012 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1013 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1014 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1015 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1016 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017
1018 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1019 noninteractive functions.
1020
1021 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1022 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1023
1024 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1025 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1026
1027 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1028
1029 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1030 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1031
1032 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1033
1034 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1035 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1036 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1037 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1038
1039 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1040 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1041 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1042 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1043
1044 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1045 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1046
1047 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1048
1049 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1050
1051 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1052 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1057
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1059 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1060 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1061
1062 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1063
1064 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1065 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1066 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1067 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1068 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1069 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070
1071 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1072 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1073 bindings.
1074 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1077
1078 ;;;***
1079 \f
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17549
1081 ;;;;;; 4606))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1083
1084 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1085 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1086 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1087 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1088 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1089 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1090
1091 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1092 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1093 archive.
1094
1095 \\{archive-mode-map}
1096
1097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1098
1099 ;;;***
1100 \f
1101 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17374 21266))
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1103
1104 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1105 Major mode for editing arrays.
1106
1107 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1108 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1109 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1110
1111 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1112
1113 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1114 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1115 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1116
1117 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1118 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1119 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1120 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1121 The variables are:
1122
1123 Variables you assign:
1124 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1125 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1126 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1127 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1128 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1129 row numbers in the buffer.
1130
1131 Variables which are calculated:
1132 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1133 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1134
1135 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1136 take a numeric prefix argument):
1137
1138 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1139 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1140 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1141 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1142
1143 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1144 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1145 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1146 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1147
1148 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1149 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1150 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1151 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1152
1153 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1154 between that of point and mark.
1155
1156 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1157 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1158
1159 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1160 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1161 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1162 newlines inside rows)
1163
1164 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1165
1166 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1167
1168 \(fn)" t nil)
1169
1170 ;;;***
1171 \f
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17524
1173 ;;;;;; 8598))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1175
1176 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1177 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1178 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1179 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1180
1181 How to quit artist mode
1182
1183 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1184
1185
1186 How to submit a bug report
1187
1188 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1189
1190
1191 Drawing with the mouse:
1192
1193 mouse-2
1194 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1195 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1196 below).
1197
1198 mouse-1
1199 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1200 or pastes:
1201
1202 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1203 --------------------------------------------------------------
1204 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1205 to new point
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1222 lines
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Paste Paste Paste
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232
1233 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1234 or diagonally.
1235
1236 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1237 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1238 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1239 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1240 poly-lines.
1241
1242 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1243 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1244 overwrite means the opposite.
1245
1246 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1247 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1248 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1249
1250 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1251
1252 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1253 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1254
1255 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1256 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1257 are currently drawing something.
1258
1259 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1260 some time to fill.
1261
1262
1263 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1264 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1265
1266
1267 Settings
1268
1269 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1270
1271 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1272
1273 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1274
1275 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1276
1277 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1278 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1279
1280 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1281
1282
1283 Drawing with keys
1284
1285 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1286 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1287 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1288 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1289 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1290 When pasting: Pastes
1291
1292 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1293
1294 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1295
1296 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1297 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1298 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1299 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1300 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1301 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1302
1303
1304 Arrows
1305
1306 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1307 of the line/poly-line
1308
1309 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1310 of the line/poly-line
1311
1312
1313 Selecting operation
1314
1315 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1316
1317 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1318 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1319 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1320 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1321 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1322 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1323 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1324 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1325 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1326 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1327 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1328 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1329 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1330 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1332 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1333 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1334 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1335 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1336 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1337
1338
1339 Variables
1340
1341 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1342 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1343
1344 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1345 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1346 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1347 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1348 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1349 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1350 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1351 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1352 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1353 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1354 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1355 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1356 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1357 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1358 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1359 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1360 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1361 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1362 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1363
1364 Hooks
1365
1366 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1367 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1368
1369
1370 Keymap summary
1371
1372 \\{artist-mode-map}
1373
1374 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1375
1376 ;;;***
1377 \f
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17490
1379 ;;;;;; 7930))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1381
1382 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1383 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1384 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1385
1386 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1387 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1388 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1390
1391 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1392 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1393
1394 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1395 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1396
1397 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1398
1399 Special commands:
1400 \\{asm-mode-map}
1401
1402 \(fn)" t nil)
1403
1404 ;;;***
1405 \f
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1407 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1409
1410 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1411 Obsolete.")
1412
1413 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1414
1415 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1416 This command is obsolete.
1417
1418 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1419
1420 ;;;***
1421 \f
1422 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1423 ;;;;;; (17390 26935))
1424 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1425
1426 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1427 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1428 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1429
1430 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1431
1432 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1433
1434 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1435 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1436 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1437 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1438 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1439 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1440 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1441 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1442 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1443 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1444
1445 For example:
1446 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1447 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1448 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1449 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1450 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1451
1452 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455
1456 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1457 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1458 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1460 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1461
1462 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1463
1464 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1465
1466 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1467 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1468 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1469 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1470 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1471 &c to supply digit arguments.
1472
1473 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1474
1475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476
1477 ;;;***
1478 \f
1479 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1482
1483 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1484 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1485
1486 \(fn)" t nil)
1487
1488 ;;;***
1489 \f
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1491 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17390 26935))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1493
1494 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1495 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1496 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1497
1498 \(fn)" t nil)
1499
1500 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1501 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1502 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1503 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1504
1505 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1506
1507 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1508 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1511 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1512
1513 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1514
1515 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1516
1517 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1518 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1519 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1520 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1521
1522 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1523 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1524
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1526
1527 ;;;***
1528 \f
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1530 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1531 ;;;;;; (17591 9874))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1533
1534 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1535 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1536 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1537 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1538 save the buffer too.
1539
1540 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1541
1542 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1543
1544 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1545 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1546 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1547 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1548 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1549 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1550
1551 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1552 directory or directories specified.
1553
1554 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1555
1556 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1557 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1558 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1559
1560 \(fn)" nil nil)
1561
1562 ;;;***
1563 \f
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1565 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1566 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17505 62410))
1567 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1568
1569 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1570 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1571
1572 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1573 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1574 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1575 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1576 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1577
1578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1579
1580 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1581 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1582
1583 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1584 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1585
1586 \(fn)" nil nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1590 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1591
1592 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1593 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1594 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1595 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1596 reflected in the current buffer.
1597
1598 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1599 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1600 writing before you save the file!
1601
1602 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1603
1604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605
1606 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1607 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1608
1609 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1610 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1611
1612 \(fn)" nil nil)
1613
1614 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1615 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1616 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1618 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1619
1620 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1621
1622 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1623 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1624
1625 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1626 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1627 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1628
1629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1630
1631 ;;;***
1632 \f
1633 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1634 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17505 62395))
1635 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1636
1637 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1638 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1639 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1641 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1642
1643 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1644
1645 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1646 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1647 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1648 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1649
1650 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1651 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1652 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1653
1654 Effects of the different modes:
1655 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1656 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1657 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1658 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1659 a random distance & direction.
1660 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1661 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1662 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1663
1664 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1665
1666 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1667 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1668 definition of \"random distance\".)
1669
1670 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1671
1672 ;;;***
1673 \f
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1675 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1677
1678 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1679 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1680
1681 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1682 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1683
1684 For example:
1685
1686 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1687 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1688 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1689 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1690
1691 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1692
1693 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1694
1695 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1696
1697 ;;;***
1698 \f
1699 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1700 ;;;;;; (17505 62422))
1701 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1702 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1703
1704 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1705 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1706 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1707 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1708
1709 \(fn)" t nil)
1710
1711 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1712 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1716
1717 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1718
1719 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1720 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1721 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1722 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1723 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1724 seconds.
1725
1726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1727
1728 ;;;***
1729 \f
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1731 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1733
1734 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1735 Time execution of FORMS.
1736 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1737 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1738 FORMS once.
1739 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1740 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1741 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1742
1743 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1744
1745 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1746 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1747 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1748 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1749 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1750
1751 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1752
1753 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1754 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1755 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1756 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1757 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1758
1759 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1760
1761 ;;;***
1762 \f
1763 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17549
1764 ;;;;;; 4608))
1765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1766
1767 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1768 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1769
1770 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1771
1772 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1773 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1774 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1775 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1776
1777 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1778 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1779 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1780 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1781 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1782
1783 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1784 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1785
1786
1787 Special information:
1788
1789 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1790
1791 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1792 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1793 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1794 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1795 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1796 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1797 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1798 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1799 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1800 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1801 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1802
1803 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1804 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1805 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1806 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1807 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1808 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1809 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1810 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1811
1812 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1813
1814 ----------------------------------------------------------
1815 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1816 if that value is non-nil.
1817
1818 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1819
1820 \(fn)" t nil)
1821
1822 ;;;***
1823 \f
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1825 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1826 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1828
1829 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1830
1831 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1832 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1833 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1834
1835 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1836
1837 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1838 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1839
1840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1841
1842 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1843 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1844
1845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1846
1847 ;;;***
1848 \f
1849 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1850 ;;;;;; 38807))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1852
1853 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1854 Play blackbox.
1855 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1856
1857 What is blackbox?
1858
1859 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1860 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1861 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1862 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1863 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1864 your score.
1865
1866 Overview of play:
1867
1868 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1869 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1870 four.
1871
1872 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1873 movement keys.
1874
1875 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1876 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1877
1878 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1879 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1880
1881 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1882 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1883 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1884 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1885 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1886 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1887
1888 Details:
1889
1890 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1891
1892 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1893 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1894 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1895 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1896
1897 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1898 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1899 denoted by the letter `R'.
1900
1901 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1902 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1903 denoted by the letter `H'.
1904
1905 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1906 example.
1907
1908 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1909 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1910 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1911 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1912 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1913 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1914 ray.
1915
1916 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1917 degree deflection it causes.
1918
1919 1
1920 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1922 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1923 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1924 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1927 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1928 2 3
1929
1930 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1931 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1932
1933
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1937 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1942
1943 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1944 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1945 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1946 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1947 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1948 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1949 emerging from the box.
1950
1951 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1952
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1956 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1958 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1961
1962 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1963 a reflection.
1964
1965 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1966
1967 ;;;***
1968 \f
1969 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1970 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1971 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1972 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1974 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1975 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1976 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1977
1978 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1979 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1980 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1981 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1982 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1983 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1984 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1985 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1986 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1987 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1988 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1989 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1990 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1991 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1992 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1993 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1994 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1995 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1996 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1997
1998 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1999 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2000 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2001 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2002 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2003 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2004 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2005 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2006 recent one.
2007
2008 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2009 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2010 yank successive words.
2011
2012 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2013 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2014 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2015 name of the file being visited.
2016
2017 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2018 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2019 the list of bookmarks.)
2020
2021 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2022
2023 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2024 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2025 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2026 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2027 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2028 this.
2029
2030 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2031 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2032 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2033 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2034
2035 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2036
2037 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2038 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2039 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2040 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2041 after a bookmark was set in it.
2042
2043 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2044
2045 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2046 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2047 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2048 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2049
2050 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2051
2052 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2053
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2055 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2056 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2057 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2058
2059 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2060 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2061 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2062
2063 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2064 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2065 name.
2066
2067 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2068
2069 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2070 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2074 this.
2075
2076 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2077
2078 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2079 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2080 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2081 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2082 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2083 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2084 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2085 probably because we were called from there.
2086
2087 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2088
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2090 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2091 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2092
2093 \(fn)" t nil)
2094
2095 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2096 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2097 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2098 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2099 \(second argument).
2100
2101 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2102 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2103 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2104 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2105 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2106
2107 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2108 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2109 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2110 `bookmark-default-file'.
2111
2112 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2113
2114 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2115 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2116 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2117 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2118 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2119 while loading.
2120
2121 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2122 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2123 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2124 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2125 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2126 explicitly.
2127
2128 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2129 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2130 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2131 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2132
2133 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2134
2135 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2136 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2137 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2138 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2139 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2140
2141 \(fn)" t nil)
2142
2143 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2144
2145 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2146
2147 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2148
2149 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2150
2151 ;;;***
2152 \f
2153 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2160 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2161 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2162 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17524 8597))
2163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2164
2165 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2166 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2167 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2168 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2169
2170 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2171 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2172 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2173 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2174 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2175
2176 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2177
2178 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2179 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2180
2181 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2182
2183 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2184 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2185
2186 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2187
2188 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2189 Not documented
2190
2191 \(fn)" nil nil)
2192
2193 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2194 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2195 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2196 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2197 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2198 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2199
2200 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2203 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2204 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2205 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2206 narrowed.
2207
2208 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2209
2210 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2211 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2212
2213 \(fn)" t nil)
2214
2215 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2217
2218 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2221 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2222 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2223 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2224
2225 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2229 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2230 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2231
2232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2235 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2236 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2237 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2238 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2239 to use.
2240
2241 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2242
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2244 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2245 Default to the URL around or before point.
2246
2247 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2248 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2249 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2250 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2251
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2253 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2256 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2257 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2258
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2260
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2263 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2264 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2265
2266 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2267 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2268 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2269 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2270
2271 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2274
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2276 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2277
2278 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2279
2280 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2281 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2282 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2283 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2284
2285 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2286 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2287 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2288 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289
2290 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2291 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2292 new tab in an existing window instead.
2293
2294 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2295 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2296
2297 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2298
2299 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2300 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2302 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2303 Firefox.
2304
2305 When called interactively, if variable
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2307 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2308 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2309 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310
2311 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2312 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2313 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2314
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2316 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317
2318 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2319 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2320 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2321 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2322 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2323 URL in a new window.
2324
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326
2327 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2331
2332 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2333 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2334 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2335 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336
2337 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2338 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2339 new tab in an existing window instead.
2340
2341 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2342 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2349 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2350
2351 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2352 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2353 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2354 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2355
2356 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2357 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2363
2364 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2365 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2366 program is invoked according to the variable
2367 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2368
2369 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2370 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2371 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2372 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373
2374 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2375 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376
2377 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2381 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2382 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2383
2384 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point.
2389
2390 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2391 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2392 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2393
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398
2399 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2400 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2406 Default to the URL around or before point.
2407
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point.
2413
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2416 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417
2418 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2419 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420
2421 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2422
2423 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2424 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2425 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2426 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2427
2428 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429
2430 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2433 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2434 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2435
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2441 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2442
2443 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2444 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2445 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2449 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point.
2456
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2458
2459 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2460 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2461 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2462 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2463 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2464 current one.
2465
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2468 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2469 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2479 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2480 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2481 don't offer a form of remote control.
2482
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484
2485 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point.
2488
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490
2491 ;;;***
2492 \f
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17383
2494 ;;;;;; 38807))
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2496
2497 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2498 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2499
2500 \(fn)" t nil)
2501
2502 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2503 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2504
2505 \(fn)" nil nil)
2506
2507 ;;;***
2508 \f
2509 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2510 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17396 42170))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2512
2513 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2514 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2515 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2516 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2517
2518 \(fn)" t nil)
2519
2520 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2521 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2522 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2523 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2524
2525 \(fn)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2528 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2529
2530 \(fn)" t nil)
2531
2532 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2533 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2534 \\<bs-mode-map>
2535 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2536 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2537 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2538 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2539
2540 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2541 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2542 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2543 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2544 name of buffer configuration.
2545
2546 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2547
2548 ;;;***
2549 \f
2550 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2551 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2552 ;;;;;; 26935))
2553 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2554
2555 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2556 Keymap used by buttons.")
2557
2558 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2559 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2560 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2561
2562 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2563 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2564 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2565 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2566 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2567 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2568
2569 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2570 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2571 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2572 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2573
2574 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2575
2576 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2577 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2578 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2579 specifying properties to add to the button.
2580 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2581 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2582 `define-button-type'.
2583
2584 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2585
2586 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2587
2588 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2589 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2590 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2591 specifying properties to add to the button.
2592 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2593 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2594 `define-button-type'.
2595
2596 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2597
2598 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2599
2600 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2601 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2602 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2603 specifying properties to add to the button.
2604 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2605 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2606 `define-button-type'.
2607
2608 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2609 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2610 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2611 `make-text-button'.
2612
2613 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2614
2615 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2616
2617 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2618 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2619 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2620 specifying properties to add to the button.
2621 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2622 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2623 `define-button-type'.
2624
2625 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2626 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2627 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2628 `insert-text-button'.
2629
2630 Also see `make-text-button'.
2631
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2637 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2638 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2639 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2640 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17591 9570))
2641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2642 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2643 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2644
2645 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2646 Not documented
2647
2648 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2649
2650 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2651 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2652 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2653
2654 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2655
2656 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2657 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2658 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2659 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2660
2661 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2662 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2663 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2664 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2665 whether to compile it.
2666
2667 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2668
2669 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2670 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2671
2672 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2673 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2674
2675 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2676 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2677 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2678 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2679 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2680
2681 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2682
2683 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2684 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2685 Print the result in the echo area.
2686 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2687
2688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2689
2690 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2691 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2692 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2693
2694 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2695
2696 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2698 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2699 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2700 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2701 all functions called by those functions.
2702
2703 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2704 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2705 cons, etc.).
2706
2707 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2708 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2709 invoked interactively.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2714 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2715 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2716 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2717
2718 \(fn)" nil nil)
2719
2720 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2721 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2722 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2723 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2724 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2726 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2727 already up-to-date.
2728
2729 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2730
2731 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2732 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2733 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2734 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2735
2736 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2737 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2738 and corresponding effects.
2739
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2741
2742 ;;;***
2743 \f
2744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17390 27324))
2745 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2746
2747 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2748
2749 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2750
2751 ;;;***
2752 \f
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2754 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2755 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2756
2757 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2758 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2759 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2760 from the cursor position.
2761
2762 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2763
2764 ;;;***
2765 \f
2766 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2767 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2768 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2769 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
2770 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2771
2772 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2773 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2774
2775 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2776 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2777
2778 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2784 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2785
2786 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2789 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2790
2791 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2792
2793 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2794 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2795
2796 \(fn)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2799 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2800 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2801 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2802
2803 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2804
2805 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 This is most useful in the X window system.
2808 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2809 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2814 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2815 See calc-keypad for details.
2816
2817 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2820 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2821
2822 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2825 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2826
2827 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2830 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2831
2832 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2833
2834 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2835 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2836 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2837
2838 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2839
2840 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2841 Not documented
2842
2843 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2844
2845 ;;;***
2846 \f
2847 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2848 ;;;;;; 26935))
2849 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2850
2851 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2852 Run the Emacs calculator.
2853 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2854
2855 \(fn)" t nil)
2856
2857 ;;;***
2858 \f
2859 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2860 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2861 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2862 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2863 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2864 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2865 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2866 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2867 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2868 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2869 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2870 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2871 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2872 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2873 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2874 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2875 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2876 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17591 9293))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2878
2879 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2880 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2881 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2882 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2883 the screen.")
2884
2885 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2886
2887 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2888 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2889 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2890 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2891 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2892 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2893
2894 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2895
2896 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2897 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2898 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2899
2900 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2901
2902 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2903 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2904 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2905
2906 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2907
2908 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2909 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2910 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2911 displayed.")
2912
2913 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2914
2915 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2916 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2917 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2918
2919 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2920
2921 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2922 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2923 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2924
2925 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2926
2927 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2928
2929 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2930 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2931 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2932
2933 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2934 calendar.")
2935
2936 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2937
2938 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2939 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2940 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2941
2942 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2943 calendar.")
2944
2945 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2946
2947 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2948 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2949 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2950
2951 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2952 calendar.")
2953
2954 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2955
2956 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2957 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2958 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2959
2960 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2961
2962 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2963 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2964 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2965 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2966 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2967
2968 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2969
2970 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2971 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2972 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2973 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2974 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2975 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2976 a function is also provided for this:
2977 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2978
2979 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2980 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2981 date is not visible in the window.
2982
2983 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2984 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2985 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2986
2987 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2988
2989 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2990 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2991
2992 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2993 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2994 date is visible in the window.
2995
2996 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2997 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2998 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2999
3000 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
3001
3002 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3003 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3004
3005 For example,
3006
3007 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3008
3009 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3010
3011 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
3012
3013 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3014 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3015
3016 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3017 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3018
3019 MONTH/DAY
3020 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3021 MONTHNAME DAY
3022 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3023 DAYNAME
3024
3025 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3026 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3027 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3028 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3029 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3030 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3031 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3032 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3033 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3034 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3035 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3036 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3037 in every week.
3038
3039 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3040 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3041 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3042 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3043
3044 DAY/MONTH
3045 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3046 DAY MONTHNAME
3047 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3048 DAYNAME
3049
3050 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3051 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3052
3053 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3054 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3055 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3056 window but will appear in a diary window.
3057
3058 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3059 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3060
3061 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3062 entries (in the default American style):
3063
3064 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3065 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3066 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3067 21: Payday
3068 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3069 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3070 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3071 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3072 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3073 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3074 &* 15 time cards due.
3075
3076 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3077 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3078 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3079 single diary entry
3080
3081 02/11/1989
3082 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3083 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3084 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3085 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3086 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3087 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3088
3089 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3090 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3091 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3092
3093 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3094
3095 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3096
3097 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3098 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3099 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3100 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3101 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3102 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3103 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3104 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3105 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3106 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3107 details.
3108
3109 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3110 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3111 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3112 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3113 documentation for these functions for details.
3114
3115 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3116 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3117
3118 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3119
3120 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3121 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3122
3123 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3124
3125 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3126 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3127
3128 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3129
3130 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3131 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3132
3133 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3134
3135 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3136 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3137
3138 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3139
3140 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3141 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3142 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3143
3144 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3145
3146 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3147 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3148 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3149
3150 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3151
3152 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3153 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3154 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3155 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3156 full.")
3157
3158 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3159
3160 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3161 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3162 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3163 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3164 are
3165
3166 DAY/MONTH
3167 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3168 DAY MONTHNAME
3169 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3170 DAYNAME
3171
3172 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3173 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3174 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3175 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3176 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3177 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3178
3179 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3180
3181 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3182 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3183 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3184
3185 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3186
3187 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3188 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3189 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3190
3191 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3192
3193 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3194 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3195 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3196
3197 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3198
3199 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3200 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3201 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3202
3203 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3204
3205 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3206 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3207 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3208 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3209 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3210 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3211
3212 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3213
3214 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3215 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3216 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3217
3218 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3219 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3220 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3221 of the form
3222
3223 #include \"filename\"
3224
3225 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3226 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3227 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3228 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3229 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3230
3231 For example, you could use
3232
3233 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3234 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3235 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3236
3237 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3238 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3239 lexicographic order.")
3240
3241 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3242
3243 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3244 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3245 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3246
3247 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3248
3249 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3250 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3251 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3252 diary display.
3253
3254 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3255 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3256 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3257 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3258 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3259 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3260 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3261
3262 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3263 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3264 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3265 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3266 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3267 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3268 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3269 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3270
3271 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3272
3273 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3274 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3275 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3276 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3277 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3278 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3279 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3280
3281 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3282
3283 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3284 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3285
3286 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3287 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3288 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3289 of the form
3290 #include \"filename\"
3291 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3292 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3293 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3294 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3295 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3296
3297 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3298
3299 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3300 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3301 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3302 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3303 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3304 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3305 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3306
3307 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3308
3309 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3310 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3311 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3312 are holidays.")
3313
3314 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3315
3316 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3317 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3318 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3319 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3320 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3321
3322 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3323
3324 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3325
3326 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3327 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3328 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3329
3330 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3331
3332 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3333
3334 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3335 Oriental holidays.
3336 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3337
3338 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3339
3340 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3341
3342 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3343 Local holidays.
3344 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3345
3346 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3347
3348 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3349
3350 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3351 User defined holidays.
3352 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3353
3354 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3355
3356 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3357
3358 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3359
3360 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3361
3362 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3363
3364 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3365
3366 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3367
3368 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3369
3370 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3371
3372 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3373
3374 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3375 Jewish holidays.
3376 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3377
3378 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3379
3380 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3381
3382 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3383 Christian holidays.
3384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3385
3386 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3387
3388 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3389
3390 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3391 Islamic holidays.
3392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3393
3394 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3395
3396 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3397
3398 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3399 Baha'i holidays.
3400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3401
3402 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3403
3404 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3405
3406 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3407 Sun-related holidays.
3408 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3409
3410 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3411
3412 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3413
3414 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3415 The frame setup of the calendar.
3416 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3417 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3418 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3419 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3420 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3421
3422 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3423
3424 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3425 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3426 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3427
3428 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3429 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3430
3431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3432
3433 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3434 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3435 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3436
3437 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3438 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3439 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3440 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3441
3442 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3443
3444 ;;;***
3445 \f
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3447 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3449
3450 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3451 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3452
3453 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3454
3455 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3456 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3457 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3458 it fails.
3459
3460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3461
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17515
3465 ;;;;;; 24859))
3466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3467 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3468
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3472 ;;;;;; (17411 11765))
3473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3474
3475 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3476 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3477
3478 \(fn)" nil nil)
3479
3480 ;;;***
3481 \f
3482 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3483 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3484 ;;;;;; (17591 9622))
3485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3486
3487 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3488 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3489 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3490 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3491 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3492 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3493 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3494
3495 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3496
3497 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3498 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3499 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3500 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3501 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3502 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3503 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3504 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3505
3506 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3507 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3508 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3509 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3510 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3511 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3512
3513 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3514
3515 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3516 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3517
3518 Key bindings:
3519 \\{c-mode-map}
3520
3521 \(fn)" t nil)
3522
3523 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3524 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3525
3526 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3527 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3528 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3529 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3530 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3531 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3532 message.
3533
3534 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3535
3536 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3537 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3538
3539 Key bindings:
3540 \\{c++-mode-map}
3541
3542 \(fn)" t nil)
3543
3544 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3545 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3546 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3547
3548 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3549 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3550 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3551 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3552 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3553 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3554 message.
3555
3556 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3557
3558 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3559 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3560
3561 Key bindings:
3562 \\{objc-mode-map}
3563
3564 \(fn)" t nil)
3565
3566 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3567 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3568 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3569
3570 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3571 Major mode for editing Java code.
3572 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3573 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3574 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3575 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3576 message.
3577
3578 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3579
3580 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3581 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3582
3583 Key bindings:
3584 \\{java-mode-map}
3585
3586 \(fn)" t nil)
3587
3588 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3589 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3590 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3591
3592 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3593 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3594 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3595 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3596 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3597 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3598 message.
3599
3600 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3601
3602 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3603 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3604
3605 Key bindings:
3606 \\{idl-mode-map}
3607
3608 \(fn)" t nil)
3609
3610 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3611 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3612 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3613 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3614
3615 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3616 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3617 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3618 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3619 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3620 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3621 message.
3622
3623 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3624
3625 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3626 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3627
3628 Key bindings:
3629 \\{pike-mode-map}
3630
3631 \(fn)" t nil)
3632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3633 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3634 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3635 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3636 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3637 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3638
3639 ;;;***
3640 \f
3641 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3642 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17524 8597))
3643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3644
3645 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3646 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3647 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3648 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3649
3650 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3651
3652 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3653 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3654 might get set too.
3655
3656 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3657 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3658 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3659 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3660 way.
3661
3662 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3663 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3664 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3665 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3666 a null operation.
3667
3668 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3669
3670 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3671 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3672 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3673 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3674
3675 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3676
3677 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3678 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3679 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3680
3681 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3682
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3685 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3686 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3687 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3688
3689 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3690
3691 ;;;***
3692 \f
3693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3694 ;;;;;; 24933))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3696 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3697
3698 ;;;***
3699 \f
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17524 8597))
3701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3702 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3703 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3704 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3705
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3709 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3710 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3712
3713 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3714 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3715
3716 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3717
3718 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3719 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3720
3721 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3722
3723 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3724 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3725
3726 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3727 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3728 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3729 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3730 execution.
3731
3732 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3733
3734 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3735
3736 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3737 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3738
3739 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3740 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3741 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3742 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3743
3744 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3745 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3746 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3747 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3748 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3749 `write' commands.
3750
3751 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3752 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3753 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3754 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3755
3756 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3757 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3758 semantics.
3759
3760 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3761
3762 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3763
3764 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3765
3766 STATEMENT :=
3767 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3768 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3769
3770 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3771 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3772 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3773 | integer
3774
3775 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3776
3777 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3778 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3779 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3780
3781 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3782 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3783 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3784
3785 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3786 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3787
3788 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3789 BREAK := (break)
3790
3791 REPEAT :=
3792 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3793 (repeat)
3794 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3795 ;; (repeat))
3796 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3797 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3798 ;; (read REG)
3799 ;; (repeat))
3800 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3801 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3802 ;; (read REG)
3803 ;; (repeat))
3804 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3805
3806 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3807 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3808 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3809 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3810 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3811 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3812 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3813 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3814 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3815 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3816 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3817 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3818 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3819 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3820 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3821 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3822
3823 WRITE :=
3824 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3825 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3826 ;; representation.
3827 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3828 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3829 ;; (write r7))
3830 | (write EXPRESSION)
3831 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3832 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3833 ;; representation.
3834 | (write integer)
3835 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3836 ;; buffer.
3837 | (write string)
3838 ;; Same as: (write string)
3839 | string
3840 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3841 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3842 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3843 ;; representation.
3844 | (write REG ARRAY)
3845 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3846 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3847 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3848 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3849 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3850 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3851
3852 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3853 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3854
3855 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3856 END := (end)
3857
3858 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3859 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3860 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3861
3862 ARG := REG | integer
3863
3864 OPERATOR :=
3865 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3866 + | - | * | / | %
3867
3868 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3869 | & | `|' | ^
3870
3871 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3872 | << | >>
3873
3874 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3875 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3876 | <8
3877
3878 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3879 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3880 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3881 | >8
3882
3883 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3884 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3885 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3886 | //
3887
3888 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3889 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3890
3891 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3892 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3893 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3894 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3895 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3896 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3897 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3898 | de-sjis
3899
3900 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3901 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3902 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3903 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3904 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3905 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3906 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3907 ;; byte of SJIS.
3908 | en-sjis
3909
3910 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3911 ;; Same meaning as C code
3912 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3913
3914 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3915 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3916 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3917 | <8=
3918
3919 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3920 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3921 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3922
3923 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3924 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3925 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3926 | //=
3927
3928 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3929
3930
3931 TRANSLATE :=
3932 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3933 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3934 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3935 LOOKUP :=
3936 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3937 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3938 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3939 MAP :=
3940 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3941 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3942 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3943 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3944 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3945 MAP-ID := integer
3946
3947 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3948
3949 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3950 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3951 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3952 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3953 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3954 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3955
3956 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3957
3958 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3959 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3960 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3961
3962 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3963
3964 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3965
3966 ;;;***
3967 \f
3968 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3969 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
3970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3971
3972 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3973 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3974 There are no special keybindings by default.
3975
3976 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3977 to the action header.
3978
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3980
3981 ;;;***
3982 \f
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3984 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3985 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3986 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3987 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3988 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3989 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3990 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3991 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3993
3994 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3995 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3996 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3997 the users will view as each check is completed.
3998
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4000
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4003 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4004 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4005 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4006 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4007 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4008 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4009
4010 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4011
4012 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4013 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4014 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4015 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4016 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4017 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4018 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4019 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4020
4021 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4022
4023 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4024 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4025 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4026 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4027 spacing are all verified.
4028
4029 \(fn)" t nil)
4030
4031 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4032 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4033 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4034 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4035 otherwise stop after the first error.
4036
4037 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4041 Only documentation strings are checked.
4042 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4043 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4044 a separate buffer.
4045
4046 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4047
4048 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4049 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4050 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4051 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4052 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4053
4054 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4055
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4058 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4059 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4060 if there is one.
4061
4062 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4063
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4066 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4067 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4068 if there is one.
4069 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4070
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4075 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4076
4077 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4078
4079 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4080 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4081 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4082 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4083 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4084
4085 \(fn)" t nil)
4086
4087 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4088 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4089 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4090 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4091 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4092 space at the end of each line.
4093
4094 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4095
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4098 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4100
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4105 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4107
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4114
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4116
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4121
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4123
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4128
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4130
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4135
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4137
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4142
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4144
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4147 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4149
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4151
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4156
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4158
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4161 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4162
4163 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4164 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4165 checking of documentation strings.
4166
4167 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4168
4169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4170
4171 ;;;***
4172 \f
4173 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4174 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17279
4175 ;;;;;; 27080))
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4177
4178 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4179 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4180 Return the length of resulting text.
4181
4182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4183
4184 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4185 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4186
4187 \(fn)" t nil)
4188
4189 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4190 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4191 Return the length of resulting text.
4192
4193 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4194
4195 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4196 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4197
4198 \(fn)" t nil)
4199
4200 ;;;***
4201 \f
4202 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4203 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17390 26936))
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4205
4206 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4207 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4208 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4209 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4210 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4211 editing and the result is evaluated.
4212
4213 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4214
4215 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4216 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4217 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4218 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4219 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4220
4221 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4222
4223 \(fn)" t nil)
4224
4225 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4226 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4227 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4228 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4229 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4230
4231 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4232 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4233 \\{command-history-map}
4234
4235 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4236 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4237
4238 \(fn)" t nil)
4239
4240 ;;;***
4241 \f
4242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17390 26938))
4243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4244
4245 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4246 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4247 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4248 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4249 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4250 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4251
4252 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4253 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4254
4255 ;;;***
4256 \f
4257 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4258 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
4259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4260
4261 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4262 Not documented
4263
4264 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4265
4266 ;;;***
4267 \f
4268 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4269 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4271
4272 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4273 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4274 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4275 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4276
4277 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4278 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4279 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4280 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4281
4282 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4283 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4284
4285 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4286
4287 ;;;***
4288 \f
4289 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17390
4290 ;;;;;; 26936))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4292
4293 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4294 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4295 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4296 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4297 of `scheme-program-name').
4298 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4299 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4300 discards input when it starts up.
4301 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4302 is run).
4303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4304
4305 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4306 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4307
4308 ;;;***
4309 \f
4310 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4311 ;;;;;; (17518 54396))
4312 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4313
4314 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4315 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4316 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4317 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4318 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4319 ?* is used.
4320 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4321
4322 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4353 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4354 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4355 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4356 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4357 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4366
4367 ;;;***
4368 \f
4369 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4370 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4371 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17279 27171))
4372 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4373
4374 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4375 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4376 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4377 ASCII table.
4378
4379 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4380 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4381 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4382 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4383
4384 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4385
4386 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4387 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4388 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4389
4390 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4391
4392 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4393 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4394 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4395
4396 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4397
4398 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4399 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4400 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4401
4402 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4403
4404 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4405 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4406
4407 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4408 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4409 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4410
4411 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4412 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4413
4414 \(fn)" nil nil)
4415
4416 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4417 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4418
4419 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4420 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4421 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4422
4423 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4424
4425 ;;;***
4426 \f
4427 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4428 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4429 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4430 ;;;;;; (17549 4606))
4431 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4432
4433 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4434 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4435 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4436 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4437 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4438 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4439 functions have already modified the buffer.
4440
4441 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4442
4443 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4444 either globally or locally.")
4445
4446 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4447
4448 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4449 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4450 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4451 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4452 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4453 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4454 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4455 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4456
4457 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4458
4459 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4460
4461 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4462 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4463 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4464 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4465 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4466 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4467 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4468 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4469
4470 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4471
4472 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4473
4474 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4475 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4476 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4477 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4478 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4479 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4480
4481 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4482
4483 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4484 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4485 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4486 directory tracking functions.")
4487
4488 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4489 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4490 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4491
4492 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4493
4494 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4495
4496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4497 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4498 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4499
4500 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4501
4502 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4503
4504 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4505 Send COMMAND to current process.
4506 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4507 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4508
4509 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4510
4511 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4512 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4513 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4514 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4515
4516 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4517
4518 ;;;***
4519 \f
4520 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17407
4521 ;;;;;; 3111))
4522 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4523
4524 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4525 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4526 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4527 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4528
4529 This command pushes the mark in each window
4530 at the prior location of point in that window.
4531 If both windows display the same buffer,
4532 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4533 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4534
4535 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4536 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4537 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4538 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4539 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4540 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4541 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4542 ignored.
4543
4544 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4545 this command work in interlaced mode:
4546 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4547 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4548 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4549
4550 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4551
4552 ;;;***
4553 \f
4554 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4555 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4556 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4557 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4558 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17591 9719))
4559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4560
4561 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4562 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4563
4564 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4565
4566 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4567 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4568
4569 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4570
4571 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4572 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4573 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4574 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4575 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4576 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4577 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4578
4579 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4580 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4581 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4582 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4583 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4584
4585 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4586 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4587 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4588 describing how the process finished.")
4589
4590 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4591 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4592 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4593 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4594
4595 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4596 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4597 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4598
4599 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4600
4601 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4602 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4603 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4604 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4605
4606 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4607
4608 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4609 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4610
4611 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4612 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4613
4614 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4615 (lambda ()
4616 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4617 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4618 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4619 (concat \"make -k \"
4620 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4621
4622 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4623 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4624
4625 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4626 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4627 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4628 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4629
4630 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4631
4632 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4633 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4634 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4635 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4636
4637 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4638 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4639
4640 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4641 and move to the source code that caused it.
4642
4643 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4644 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4645 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4646 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4647
4648 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4649 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4650 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4651 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4652 subprocesses.
4653
4654 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4655 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4656 to a function that generates a unique name.
4657
4658 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4661 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4662 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4663 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4664
4665 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4666 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4667 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4668 to determine the buffer name.
4669
4670 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4671 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4672 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4673
4674 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4675
4676 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4677
4678 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4679 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4680 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4681 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4682 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4683
4684 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4685
4686 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4687
4688 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4691 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4692 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4693 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4694 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4695 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4696 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4697
4698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4701 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4702 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4703 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4704 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4705 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4706
4707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4708
4709 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4710 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4711 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4712
4713 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4714
4715 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4716
4717 ;;;***
4718 \f
4719 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4720 ;;;;;; (17591 9281))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4722
4723 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4724 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4725 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4727 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4728
4729 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4730
4731 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4732 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4733 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4734
4735 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4736 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4737 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4738 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4739
4740 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4741 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4742 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4743 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4744
4745 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4746 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4747 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4748 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4749
4750 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4751 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4752 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4753 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4754 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4755
4756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4757
4758 ;;;***
4759 \f
4760 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4761 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4763
4764 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4765 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4766 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4768 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4769
4770 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4771
4772 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4773
4774 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4775 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4776
4777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4778
4779 ;;;***
4780 \f
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4782 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4783 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4784 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17327 23539))
4785 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4786
4787 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4788 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4789 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4790 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4791 `make-composition'.
4792
4793 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4794
4795 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4796 | | 1:tc or top-center
4797 | | 2:tr or top-right
4798 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4799 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4800 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4801 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4802 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4803 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4804
4805 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4806 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4807 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4808 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4809 be added.
4810
4811 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4812 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4813 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4814
4815 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4816 | | |
4817 | global| |
4818 | glyph | |
4819 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4820 +----+--*--+
4821 | | new |
4822 | |glyph|
4823 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4824 ")
4825
4826 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4827 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4828 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4829 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4830
4831 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4832
4833 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4834 Compose characters in the current region.
4835
4836 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4837 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4838
4839 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4840
4841 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4842 specifying the region.
4843
4844 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4845 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4846 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4847
4848 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4849 of the text in the region.
4850
4851 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4852
4853 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4854 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4855 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4856 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4857
4858 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4859 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4860 detail.
4861
4862 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4863 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4864 text in the composition.
4865
4866 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4867
4868 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4869 Decompose text in the current region.
4870
4871 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4872 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4873
4874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4875
4876 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4877 Compose characters in string STRING.
4878
4879 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4880 the characters in it.
4881
4882 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4883 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4884 STRING respectively.
4885
4886 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4887 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4888 `compose-region' for more detail.
4889
4890 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4891 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4892 text in the composition.
4893
4894 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4895
4896 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4897 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4898
4899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4900
4901 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4902 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4903 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4904 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4905 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4906 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4907 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4908 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4909
4910 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4911
4912 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4913 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4914
4915 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4916 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4917
4918 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4919 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4920
4921 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4922 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4923
4924 If no composition is found, return nil.
4925
4926 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4927 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4928
4929 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4930 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4931 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4932
4933 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4934
4935 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4936
4937 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4938 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4939 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4940
4941 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4942
4943 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4944
4945 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4946
4947 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4948 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4949
4950 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4951 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4952 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4953 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4954 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4955 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4956 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4957 nil.
4958
4959 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4960 is:
4961 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4962 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4963
4964 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4965
4966 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4967 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4968
4969 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4970
4971 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4972
4973 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4974 Compose last characters.
4975 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4976 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4977 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4978 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4979 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4980 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4981 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4982 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4983 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4984 after a sequence of character events.
4985
4986 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4987 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4990 Convert CHAR to string.
4991
4992 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4993 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4994 vector of CHAR respectively.
4995 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4996
4997 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4998
4999 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5000
5001 ;;;***
5002 \f
5003 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5004 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
5005 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17390 26946))
5006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5007
5008 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5009 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5010 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5011 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5012 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5013 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5014 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5015
5016 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5017 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5018 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5019
5020 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5021 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5022 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5023
5024 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5025 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5026 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5027 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5028
5029 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5030 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5031 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5032 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5033 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5034 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5035 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5036
5037 \\{conf-mode-map}
5038
5039 \(fn)" t nil)
5040
5041 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5042 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5043 Comments start with `#'.
5044 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5045
5046 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5047
5048 \[Desktop Entry]
5049 Encoding=UTF-8
5050 Name=The GIMP
5051 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5052 Name[cs]=GIMP
5053
5054 \(fn)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5057 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5058 Comments start with `;'.
5059 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5060
5061 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5062
5063 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5064 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5065 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5066
5067 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5068 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5073 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5074 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5075 between `/*' and `*/'.
5076 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5077
5078 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5079 // another kind of comment
5080 /* yet another */
5081
5082 name:value
5083 name=value
5084 name value
5085 x.1 =
5086 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5087 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5088
5089 \(fn)" t nil)
5090
5091 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5092 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5093 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5094 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5095 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5096 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5097 the keywords.
5098
5099 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5100
5101 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5102
5103 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5104 image/png png
5105 image/tiff tiff tif
5106
5107 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5108 class desktop
5109 # Standard multimedia devices
5110 add /dev/audio desktop
5111 add /dev/mixer desktop
5112
5113 \(fn)" t nil)
5114
5115 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5116 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5117 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5118 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5119
5120 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5121
5122 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5123 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5124
5125 \(fn)" t nil)
5126
5127 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5128 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5129 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5130 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5131
5132 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5133
5134 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5135 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5136
5137 \(fn)" t nil)
5138
5139 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5140 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5141 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5142 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5143
5144 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5145
5146 *background: gray99
5147 *foreground: black
5148
5149 \(fn)" t nil)
5150
5151 ;;;***
5152 \f
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5154 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17569 17996))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5156
5157 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5158 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5159 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5160 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5161
5162 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5165 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5166 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5167 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5168
5169 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5170
5171 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5172 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5173 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5174 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5175
5176 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5177
5178 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5179 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5180
5181 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5182
5183 ;;;***
5184 \f
5185 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5186 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5188
5189 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5190 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5191 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5192 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5193 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5194 following the copyright are updated as well.
5195 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5196 interactively.
5197
5198 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5201 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5202 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5203
5204 \(fn)" t nil)
5205
5206 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5207 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5208
5209 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5210
5211 ;;;***
5212 \f
5213 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5214 ;;;;;; (17549 5053))
5215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5216
5217 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5218 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5219 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5220 Tab indents for Perl code.
5221 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5222 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5223
5224 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5225 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5226 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5227 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5228 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5229 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5230 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5231 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5232 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5233 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5234 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5235 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5236
5237 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5238
5239 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5240 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5241
5242 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5243
5244 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5245 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5246 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5247 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5248 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5249 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5250 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5251 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5252 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5253
5254 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5255
5256 bite if angry;
5257
5258 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5259 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5260 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5261 to nil.)
5262
5263 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5264 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5265 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5266
5267 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5268
5269 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5270 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5271 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5272 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5273 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5274
5275 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5276
5277 if (A) { B }
5278
5279 into
5280
5281 B if A;
5282
5283 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5284
5285 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5286 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5287 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5288 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5289 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5290 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5291 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5292 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5293 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5294 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5295 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5296 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5297 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5298
5299 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5300 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5301 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5302 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5303 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5304 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5305
5306 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5307 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5308 man via menu.
5309
5310 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5311 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5312 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5313 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5314 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5315
5316 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5317 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5318 span the needed amount of lines.
5319
5320 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5321 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5322 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5323 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5324
5325 Variables controlling indentation style:
5326 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5327 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5328 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5329 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5330 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5331 `cperl-auto-newline'
5332 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5333 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5334 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5335 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5336 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5337 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5338 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5339 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5340 `cperl-indent-level'
5341 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5342 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5343 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5344 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5345 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5346 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5347 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5348 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5349 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5350 `cperl-brace-offset'
5351 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5352 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5353 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5354 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5355 `cperl-label-offset'
5356 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5357 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5358 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5359
5360 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5361 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5362 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5363 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5364 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5365
5366 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5367 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5368 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5369 \(both available from menu).
5370
5371 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5372 column 0 is indented on
5373 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5374
5375 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5376 with no args.
5377
5378 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5379 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5380 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5381
5382 \(fn)" t nil)
5383
5384 ;;;***
5385 \f
5386 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5387 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5389
5390 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5391 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5392 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5393 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5394 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5395
5396 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5397
5398 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5399 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5400
5401 \(fn)" t nil)
5402
5403 ;;;***
5404 \f
5405 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5406 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
5407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5408
5409 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5410 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5411 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5412 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5413
5414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5415 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5416
5417 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5418
5419 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5420 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5421 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5422
5423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5424
5425 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5426
5427 ;;;***
5428 \f
5429 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5430 ;;;;;; (17515 24857))
5431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5432
5433 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5434 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5435 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5436 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5437
5438 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5439 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5440 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5441 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5442
5443 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5444 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5445 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5446
5447 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5448 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5449 'bob', and 'eve'.
5450
5451 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5452 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5453 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5454
5455 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5456
5457 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5458 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5459 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5460
5461 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5462
5463 ;;;***
5464 \f
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5466 ;;;;;; (17524 8597))
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5468
5469 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5470 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5471 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5473 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5474
5475 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5476
5477 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5478 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5479 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5480 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5481 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5482
5483 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5484 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5485 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5486 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5487 function of these prefix keys.
5488
5489 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5490 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5491 options:
5492 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5493 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5494 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5495
5496 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5497 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5498 the prefix fallback behavior.
5499
5500 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5501 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5502 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5503 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5504
5505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5506
5507 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5508 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5509
5510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5511 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5512 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5513 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5514 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5515 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5516 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5517 (if user-init-file (concat
5518 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5519 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5520
5521 ;;;***
5522 \f
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5524 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5525 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5526 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5527 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5528 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5529 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5530 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5531 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17591 9719))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5533 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5534
5535 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5536 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5537
5538 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5539 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5540
5541 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5542 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5543
5544 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5545
5546 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5547
5548 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5549 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5550 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5551
5552 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5553 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5554
5555 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5556 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5557
5558 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5559 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5560
5561 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5562 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5563
5564 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5565
5566 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5567
5568 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5569 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5570 Return VALUE.
5571
5572 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5573 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5574
5575 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5576 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5577
5578 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5579 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5580
5581 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5582 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5583
5584 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5585
5586 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5587
5588 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5589 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5590 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5591 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5592 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5593
5594 \(fn)" t nil)
5595
5596 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5597 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5598 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5599 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5600
5601 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5602
5603 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5605
5606 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5607
5608 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5609 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5610
5611 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5612
5613 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5614
5615 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5617
5618 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5619
5620 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5621
5622 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5624 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5625
5626 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5627
5628 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5629 Alist mapping versions of Emacs to versions of a package.
5630 These package versions are listed in the :package-version
5631 keyword used in `defcustom', `defgroup', and `defface'. Its
5632 elements look like this:
5633
5634 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5635
5636 For each PACKAGE, which is a symbol, there are one or more
5637 elements that contain a package version PVERSION with an
5638 associated Emacs version EVERSION. These versions are strings.
5639 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist with the
5640 following:
5641
5642 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5643 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5644 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5645 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5646 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5647
5648 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5649 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5650 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5651 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5652
5653 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5654
5655 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5656 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5657 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5658 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5659 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5660
5661 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5662 that were added or redefined since that version.
5663
5664 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5667 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5668 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5669 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5670
5671 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5672 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5673
5674 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5675
5676 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5677 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5678 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5679
5680 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5681 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5682
5683 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5684
5685 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5686 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5687
5688 \(fn)" t nil)
5689
5690 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5692
5693 \(fn)" t nil)
5694
5695 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5696 Customize all already saved user options.
5697
5698 \(fn)" t nil)
5699
5700 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5701 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5702 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5703 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5704 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5705 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5706 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5707 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5708
5709 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5710
5711 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5712 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5713 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5714 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5715
5716 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5717
5718 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5719 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5720
5721 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5724 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5725
5726 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5727
5728 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5729 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5730 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5731 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5732 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5733 that option.
5734
5735 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5736
5737 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5738 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5739 The result includes selecting that window.
5740 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5741 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5742 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5743 that option.
5744
5745 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5746
5747 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5748 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5749
5750 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5751
5752 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5753 File used for storing customization information.
5754 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5755 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5756 it should be an absolute file name.
5757
5758 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5759 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5760 something like the following in your init file:
5761
5762 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5763 \(load custom-file)
5764
5765 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5766 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5767
5768 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5769 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5770 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5771 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5772 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5773
5774 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5775 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5776 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5777 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5778 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5779 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5780 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5781 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5782 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5783 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5784
5785 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5786
5787 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5788 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5789
5790 \(fn)" nil nil)
5791
5792 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5793 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5794
5795 \(fn)" t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5798 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5799 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5800
5801 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5802
5803 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5805 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5806 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5807 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5808
5809 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5810
5811 ;;;***
5812 \f
5813 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5814 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5816
5817 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5818 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5819
5820 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5821
5822 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5823 Alist of face attributes.
5824
5825 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5826 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5827 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5828 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5829 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5830 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5831
5832 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5833 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5834 customization type TYPE).
5835
5836 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5837 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5838 given face attribute.")
5839
5840 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5841 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5842 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5843 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5844
5845 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5846
5847 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5848 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5849 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5850 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5851 between themes and faces.
5852 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5853
5854 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5855 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5856
5857 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5858
5859 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5860 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5861 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5862
5863 (FACE IGNORED)
5864
5865 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5866
5867 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5868
5869 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5870 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5871 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5872
5873 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5874
5875 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5876
5877 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5878
5879 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5884 ;;;;;; (17396 42170))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5886
5887 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5888 Create a custom theme.
5889
5890 \(fn)" t nil)
5891
5892 ;;;***
5893 \f
5894 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5895 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5897
5898 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5899 Mode used for cvs status output.
5900
5901 \(fn)" t nil)
5902
5903 ;;;***
5904 \f
5905 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5906 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
5907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5908
5909 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5910 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5911
5912 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5913 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5914 C++ modes are included.
5915
5916 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5917
5918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5919
5920 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5921 Turn on CWarn mode.
5922
5923 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5924 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5925
5926 \(fn)" nil nil)
5927
5928 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5929 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5930 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5932 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5933
5934 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5935
5936 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5937
5938 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5939 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5940 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5941 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5942 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5943
5944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5945
5946 ;;;***
5947 \f
5948 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5949 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5950 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5952
5953 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5954 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5955
5956 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5957
5958 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5959 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5960
5961 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5962
5963 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5964 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5965 For readability, the table is slightly
5966 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5967
5968 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5969 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5970 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5971 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5972 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5973
5974 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5975
5976 ;;;***
5977 \f
5978 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5979 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5981 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5982 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5983
5984 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5985 Completion on current word.
5986 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5987 and presents suggestions for completion.
5988
5989 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5990 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5991 completions.
5992
5993 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5994 then it searches *all* buffers.
5995
5996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5997
5998 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5999 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6000
6001 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6002 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6003 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6004 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6005 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6006
6007 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6008 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6009
6010 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6011 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6012 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6013
6014 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6015 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6016
6017 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6018
6019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6020
6021 ;;;***
6022 \f
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
6024 ;;;;;; 27408))
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6026
6027 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6028 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6029
6030 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6031 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6032 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6033
6034 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6035 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6036 Data lines are not indented.
6037
6038 Key bindings:
6039
6040 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6041 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6042
6043 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6044 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6045 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6046 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6047
6048 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6049
6050 dcl-basic-offset
6051 Extra indentation within blocks.
6052
6053 dcl-continuation-offset
6054 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6055
6056 dcl-margin-offset
6057 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6058
6059 dcl-margin-label-offset
6060 Indentation for a label.
6061
6062 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6063 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6064
6065 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6066 dcl-block-end-regexp
6067 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6068 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6069 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6070 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6071 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6072
6073 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6074 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6075 Two such functions are included in the package:
6076 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6077 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6078
6079 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6080 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6081 One such function is included in the package:
6082 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6083
6084 dcl-tab-always-indent
6085 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6086 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6087 margin.
6088
6089 dcl-electric-characters
6090 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6091 typed.
6092
6093 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6094 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6095 which words trigger electric indentation.
6096
6097 dcl-tempo-comma
6098 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6099 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6100 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6101
6102 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6103 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6104 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6105 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6106
6107 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6108 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6109 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6110 dcl-imenu-label-call
6111 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6112
6113 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6114 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6115 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6116 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6117
6118
6119 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6120
6121 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6122 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6123 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6124 $ i = 1
6125 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6126 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6127 $ label:
6128 $ if i.eq.1
6129 $ then
6130 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6131 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6132 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6133 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6134 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6135 \"lined up with the command line\"
6136 $ type sys$input
6137 Data lines are not indented at all.
6138 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6139 $ endif
6140 $
6141
6142
6143 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6144 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6145
6146 \(fn)" t nil)
6147
6148 ;;;***
6149 \f
6150 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6151 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6153
6154 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6155
6156 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6157 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6158 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6159 of the evaluator.
6160
6161 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6162 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6163 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6164
6165 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6166
6167 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6168 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6169
6170 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6171
6172 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6173 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6174 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6175 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6176 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6177 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6178
6179 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6180 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6181
6182 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6183
6184 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6185 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6186 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6187 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6188 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6189
6190 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6191
6192 ;;;***
6193 \f
6194 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6195 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
6196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6197
6198 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6199 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6200
6201 \(fn)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6204 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6205 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6206 Upper-case letters are commands.
6207
6208 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6209 modify it.
6210
6211 The most useful commands are:
6212 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6213 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6214 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6215 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6216 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6217 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6218
6219 \(fn)" t nil)
6220
6221 ;;;***
6222 \f
6223 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6224 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17390
6225 ;;;;;; 26936))
6226 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6227
6228 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6229 Customization of `columns' group.
6230
6231 \(fn)" t nil)
6232
6233 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6234 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6235
6236 START and END delimits the text region.
6237
6238 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6239
6240 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6241 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6242
6243 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6244
6245 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6246
6247 ;;;***
6248 \f
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17390
6250 ;;;;;; 27408))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6252
6253 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6254 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6255 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6256 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6257 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6258 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6259
6260 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6261
6262 Customization:
6263
6264 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6265 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6266 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6267 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6268 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6269 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6270 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6271 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6272 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6273 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6274 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6275 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6276 blank line.
6277 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6278 Directories to search when finding external units.
6279 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6280 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6281
6282 Coloring:
6283
6284 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6285 Face used to color delphi comments.
6286 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6287 Face used to color delphi strings.
6288 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6289 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6290 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6291 Face used to color everything else.
6292
6293 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6294 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6295
6296 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6297
6298 ;;;***
6299 \f
6300 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6301 ;;;;;; 26936))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6303
6304 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6305
6306 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6307 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6308 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6310 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6311
6312 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6313
6314 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6315
6316 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6317 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6318 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6319 positive.
6320
6321 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6322 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6323 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6324 any selection.
6325
6326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6327
6328 ;;;***
6329 \f
6330 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6331 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17390 26938))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6333
6334 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6335 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6336
6337 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6338
6339 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6340 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6341 or nil if there is no parent.
6342 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6343 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6344 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6345 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6346 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6347
6348 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6349 arguments are currently understood:
6350 :group GROUP
6351 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6352 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6353 :syntax-table TABLE
6354 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6355 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6356 :abbrev-table TABLE
6357 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6358 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6359
6360 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6361
6362 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6363
6364 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6365 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6366 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6367
6368 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6369 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6370
6371 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6372 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6373 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6374
6375 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6376 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6377
6378 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6379 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6380
6381 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6382
6383 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6384
6385 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6386 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6387 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6388 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6389 the first time the mode is used.
6390
6391 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6392
6393 ;;;***
6394 \f
6395 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6396 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17390 26936))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6398
6399 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6400 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6401 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6402 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6403 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6404 otherwise.
6405
6406 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6407
6408 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6409 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6410 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6411 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6412 character composition information (if relevant),
6413 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6414
6415 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6416
6417 ;;;***
6418 \f
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6420 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6421 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6422 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17569 18001))
6423 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6424
6425 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6426 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6427 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6428
6429 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6430
6431 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6432 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6433 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6434 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6435 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6436 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6437
6438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6439
6440 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6441 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6442 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6443 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6444
6445 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6446
6447 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6448 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6449 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6450
6451 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6452 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6453 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6454
6455 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6456 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6457
6458 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6459 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6460 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6461
6462 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6463 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6464 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6465 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6466
6467 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6468
6469 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6470 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6471
6472 Handlers are called with argument list
6473
6474 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6475
6476 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6477
6478 desktop-file-version
6479 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6480 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6481 desktop-buffer-point
6482 desktop-buffer-mark
6483 desktop-buffer-read-only
6484 desktop-buffer-locals
6485
6486 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6487 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6488
6489 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6490 code like
6491
6492 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6493 ...
6494 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6495 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6496
6497 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6498
6499 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6500
6501 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6502 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6503 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6504 List elements must have the form
6505
6506 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6507
6508 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6509 function.
6510
6511 Handlers are called with argument list
6512
6513 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6514
6515 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6516
6517 desktop-file-version
6518 desktop-buffer-file-name
6519 desktop-buffer-name
6520 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6521 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6522 desktop-buffer-point
6523 desktop-buffer-mark
6524 desktop-buffer-read-only
6525 desktop-buffer-misc
6526
6527 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6528 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6529 created and set.
6530
6531 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6532 code like
6533
6534 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6535 ...
6536 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6537 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6538
6539 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6540
6541 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6542
6543 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6544
6545 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6546 Empty the Desktop.
6547 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6548 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6549 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6550
6551 \(fn)" t nil)
6552
6553 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6554 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6555 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6556 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6557
6558 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6559
6560 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6561 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6562 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6563
6564 \(fn)" t nil)
6565
6566 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6567 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6568 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6569 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6570 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6571 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6572 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6573 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6574
6575 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6576
6577 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6578 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6579 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6580
6581 \(fn)" nil nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6584 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6585 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6586 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6587 directory DIRNAME.
6588
6589 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6592 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6593
6594 \(fn)" t nil)
6595
6596 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6597 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6598
6599 \(fn)" t nil)
6600
6601 ;;;***
6602 \f
6603 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6604 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6605 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17490 7932))
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6607
6608 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6609 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6610 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6611 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6612 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6613 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6614
6615 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6616
6617 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6618 Repair a broken attribution line.
6619 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6620
6621 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6622
6623 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6624 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6625 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6626 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6627
6628 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6629
6630 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6631 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6632
6633 \(fn)" t nil)
6634
6635 ;;;***
6636 \f
6637 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6638 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17279 27080))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6640
6641 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6642
6643 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6644 Not documented
6645
6646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6647
6648 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6649 Not documented
6650
6651 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6656 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 54393))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6658
6659 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6660 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6661 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6662 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6663 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6664
6665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6666
6667 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6668 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6669 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6670 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6671
6672 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6673 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6674 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6675 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6676
6677 #!/bin/sh
6678 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6679 emacs -batch \\
6680 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6681 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6682 european-calendar-style t \\
6683 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6684 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6685 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6686
6687 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6688 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6689 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6690 to run it every morning at 1am.
6691
6692 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6693
6694 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6695 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6696
6697 \(fn)" t nil)
6698
6699 ;;;***
6700 \f
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6702 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17549 4607))
6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6704
6705 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6706 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6707
6708 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6709
6710 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6711 *The command to use to run diff.")
6712
6713 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6714
6715 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6716 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6717 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6718 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6719 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6720 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6721
6722 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6723
6724 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6725 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6726 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6727 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6728 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6729 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6730
6731 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6732
6733 ;;;***
6734 \f
6735 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6736 ;;;;;; (17591 9290))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6738
6739 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6740 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6741 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6742 normal diffs.
6743 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6744 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6745 headers for you on-the-fly.
6746
6747 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6748 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6749 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6750 \\{diff-mode-map}
6751
6752 \(fn)" t nil)
6753
6754 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6755 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6756 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6757
6758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6759
6760 ;;;***
6761 \f
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6763 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6764 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6765 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6766 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17549 4607))
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6768
6769 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6770 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6771 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6772 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6773 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6774 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6775 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6776 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6777
6778 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6779
6780 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6781 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6782
6783 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6784 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6785 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6786 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6787 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6788
6789 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6790 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6791
6792 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6793 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6794 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6795 always set this variable to t.")
6796
6797 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6798
6799 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6800 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6801 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6802 A value of t means move to first file.")
6803
6804 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6805
6806 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6807 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6808 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6809 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6810 are afterward marked with that character.")
6811
6812 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6813
6814 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6815 *Controls marking of copied files.
6816 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6817 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6818
6819 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6820
6821 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6822 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6823 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6824 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6825
6826 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6827
6828 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6829 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6830 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6831 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6832
6833 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6834
6835 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6836 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6837 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6838 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6839
6840 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6841
6842 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6843
6844 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6845 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6846 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6847
6848 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6849
6850 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6851 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6852 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6853 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6854 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6855 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6856
6857 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6858 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6859 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6860 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6861 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6862 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6863 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6864 list of files to make directory entries for.
6865 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6866 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6867 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6868 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6869
6870 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6871
6872 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6873 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6874
6875 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6876 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6877
6878 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6879 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6880
6881 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6882 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6883
6884 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6885
6886 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6887 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6888
6889 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6890
6891 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6892 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6893 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6894 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6895 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6896 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6897 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6898 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6899 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6900 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6901 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6902 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6903 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6904 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6905 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6906 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6907 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6908 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6909 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6910 to see why something went wrong.
6911 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6912 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6913 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6914 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6915 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6916 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6917 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6918 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6919 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6920 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6921 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6922 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6923 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6924
6925 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6926 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6927 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6928 again for the directory tree.
6929
6930 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6931 for more info):
6932
6933 `dired-listing-switches'
6934 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6935 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6936 `dired-marker-char'
6937 `dired-del-marker'
6938 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6939 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6940 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6941 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6942
6943 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6944
6945 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6946 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6947 `dired-mode-hook'
6948 `dired-load-hook'
6949
6950 Keybindings:
6951 \\{dired-mode-map}
6952
6953 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6954 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6955
6956 ;;;***
6957 \f
6958 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6959 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6960 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6961 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6962 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6963 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6964 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6965 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6966 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6967 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6968 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6969 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6970 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6971 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17524 8597))
6972 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6973
6974 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6975 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6976 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6977 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6978 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6979 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6980 which is options for `diff'.
6981
6982 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6983
6984 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6985 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6986 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6987 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6988 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6989 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6990
6991 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6992
6993 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6994 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6995 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6996 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6997 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6998 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6999 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7000
7001 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7002
7003 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7004 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7005 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7006 returned by function `file-attributes'
7007
7008 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7009 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7010
7011 Examples of PREDICATE:
7012
7013 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7014 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7015 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7016 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7017 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7018
7019 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7020
7021 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7022 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7023 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7024
7025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7026
7027 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7028 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7029
7030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7031
7032 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7034
7035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7036
7037 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7038 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7039 This calls touch.
7040
7041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7042
7043 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7044 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7045 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7046 `lpr-switches' as default.
7047
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7052 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7053 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7054 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7055
7056 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7057 with a prefix argument.
7058
7059 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7063 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7064 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7065 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7066
7067 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7068 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7069
7070 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7071 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7072 file name substituted for `?'.
7073
7074 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7075 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7076
7077 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7078 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7079 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7080 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7081
7082 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7083
7084 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7085 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7086 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7087
7088 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7089 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7090 in a subdir.
7091
7092 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7093 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7094 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7095
7096 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7099 Not documented
7100
7101 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7102
7103 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7104 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7105 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7106 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7107 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7108 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7109 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7110 from the buffer as well.
7111 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7112 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7113 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7114
7115 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7118 Not documented
7119
7120 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7121
7122 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Not documented
7124
7125 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7126
7127 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7129
7130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7134
7135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7139
7140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7144 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7145 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7146
7147 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7148 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7149 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7150 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7151 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7152 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7153 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7154
7155 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7158 Not documented
7159
7160 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7161
7162 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Not documented
7164
7165 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7166
7167 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7168 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7169
7170 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7171
7172 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7173 Not documented
7174
7175 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7176
7177 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7178 Not documented
7179
7180 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7181
7182 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7184
7185 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7186
7187 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7188 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7189 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7190 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7191 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7192 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7193 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7194 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7195 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7196
7197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7201 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7202 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7203 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7204 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7205 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7206 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7207
7208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7211 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7212 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7213 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7214 and new hard links are made in that directory
7215 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7216 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7217 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7218
7219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7222 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7223 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7224 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7225 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7226 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7227 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7228
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7233
7234 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7235 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7236 file if none are marked.
7237
7238 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7239 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7240 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7241 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7242
7243 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7244 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7245
7246 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7249 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7250 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7251
7252 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7255 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7256 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7257
7258 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7259
7260 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7261 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7262 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7263
7264 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7268
7269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7273
7274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7277 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7278 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7279 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7280 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7281 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7282 this subdirectory.
7283 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7284
7285 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7286 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7287 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7288 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7289 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7290 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7291 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7292
7293 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7294
7295 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7296 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7297 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7298 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7299 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7300 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7301 this subdirectory.
7302 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7303
7304 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7307 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7308 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7309
7310 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7313 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7314 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7315 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7316
7317 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7318
7319 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7320 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7321 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7322 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7323
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7325
7326 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7327 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7328 Lower levels are unaffected.
7329
7330 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7333 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7334
7335 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Go down in the dired tree.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7343 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7344 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7345 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7346
7347 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7350 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7351 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7352 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7353
7354 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7358 Stops when a match is found.
7359 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7360
7361 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7365 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7366 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7367 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7368
7369 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7370
7371 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7372 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7373 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7374 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7375
7376 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7377
7378 ;;;***
7379 \f
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17524 8597))
7381 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7382
7383 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7384 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7385 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7386 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7387 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7388 buffer and try again.
7389
7390 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7391
7392 ;;;***
7393 \f
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17591 9569))
7395 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7396
7397 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7398 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7399 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7400
7401 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7402
7403 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7404 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7405
7406 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7407 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7408
7409 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7410
7411 ;;;***
7412 \f
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7414 ;;;;;; 26938))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7416
7417 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7418 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7419 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7420 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7421 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7422 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7423
7424 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7425
7426 ;;;***
7427 \f
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7429 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7430 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7431 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7432 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17390 26937))
7433 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7434
7435 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7436 Return a new, empty display table.
7437
7438 \(fn)" nil nil)
7439
7440 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7441 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7442 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7443 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7444 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7445
7446 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7447
7448 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7449 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7450 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7451 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7452 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7453
7454 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7455
7456 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7457 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7458
7459 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7460
7461 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7462 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7463
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7465
7466 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7467 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7468
7469 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7470
7471 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7472 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7473
7474 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7475
7476 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7477 Display character C using printable string S.
7478
7479 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7480
7481 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7482 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7483 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7484 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7485
7486 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7487
7488 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7489 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7490 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7491 X frame.
7492
7493 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7494
7495 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7496 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7497
7498 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7499
7500 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7501 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7502
7503 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7504
7505 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7506 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7507
7508 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7509 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7510 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7511 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7512
7513 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7514 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7515 European character display.
7516
7517 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7518 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7519 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7520 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7521
7522 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7523 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7524 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7525 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7526 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7527
7528 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7529
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7533 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7535
7536 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7537 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7538 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7539 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7540 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7541 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7542 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7543 Default is 2.
7544
7545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7546
7547 ;;;***
7548 \f
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17524 8597))
7550 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7551
7552 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7553 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7554 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7555 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7556 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7557 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7558 private or ask).
7559 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7560 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7561 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7562 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7563 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7564
7565 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7566
7567 ;;;***
7568 \f
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7570 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17390 26946))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7572
7573 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7574 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7575 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7576 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7577 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7578 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7579 table and its own syntax table.
7580
7581 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7586 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7587
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7589 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7590
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17374 21430))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7595
7596 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7597 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7598
7599 \(fn)" t nil)
7600
7601 ;;;***
7602 \f
7603 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7604 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7606
7607 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7608 Toggle Double mode.
7609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7610 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7611
7612 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7613
7614 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7615 Toggle Double mode.
7616 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7617
7618 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7619 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7620
7621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7622
7623 ;;;***
7624 \f
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17591 9445))
7626 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7627
7628 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7629 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7630
7631 \(fn)" t nil)
7632
7633 ;;;***
7634 \f
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7636 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7638
7639 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7640 Play sounds in message buffers.
7641
7642 \(fn)" t nil)
7643
7644 ;;;***
7645 \f
7646 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7647 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7648 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17591 9619))
7649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7650
7651 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7652
7653 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7654 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7655 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7656 and toggle command MODE.
7657
7658 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7659 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7660 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7661 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7662 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7663 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7664 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7665 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7666 used (see below).
7667
7668 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7669 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7670 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7671 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7672 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7673 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7674 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7675 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7676 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7677 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7678 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7679 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7680 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7681 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7682 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7683 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7684 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7685
7686 For example, you could write
7687 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7688 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7689 ...BODY CODE...)
7690
7691 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7692
7693 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7694
7695 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7696 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7697 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7698 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7699 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7700 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7701 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7702 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7703 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7704 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7705 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7706 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7707
7708 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7709 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7710 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7711 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7712 call another major mode in their body.
7713
7714 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7715
7716 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7717 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7718 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7719 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7720 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7721 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7722 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7723
7724 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7725
7726 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7727 Not documented
7728
7729 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7730
7731 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7732 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7733 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7734
7735 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7736
7737 ;;;***
7738 \f
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7740 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17390
7741 ;;;;;; 26938))
7742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7743
7744 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7745
7746 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7747 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7748
7749 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7750 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7751 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7752
7753 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7754 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7755
7756 :filter FUNCTION
7757
7758 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7759 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7760
7761 :visible INCLUDE
7762
7763 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7764 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7765
7766 :active ENABLE
7767
7768 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7769 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7770
7771 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7772
7773 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7774
7775 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7776
7777 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7778 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7779
7780 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7781 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7782
7783 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7784
7785 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7786
7787 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7788
7789 :keys KEYS
7790
7791 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7792 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7793 computed automatically.
7794 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7795
7796 :key-sequence KEYS
7797
7798 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7799 menu item.
7800 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7801 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7802 keyboard equivalent.
7803
7804 :active ENABLE
7805
7806 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7807 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7808
7809 :visible INCLUDE
7810
7811 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7812 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7813
7814 :suffix FORM
7815
7816 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7817 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7818
7819 :style STYLE
7820
7821 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7822 defined:
7823
7824 toggle: A checkbox.
7825 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7826 radio: A radio button.
7827 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7828 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7829 menu bar itself.
7830 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7831
7832 :selected SELECTED
7833
7834 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7835 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7836
7837 :help HELP
7838
7839 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7840
7841 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7842 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7843 as a solid horizontal line.
7844
7845 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7846
7847 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7848
7849 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7850 Not documented
7851
7852 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7853
7854 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7855 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7856 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7857 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7858
7859 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7860
7861 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7862 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7863 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7864 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7865 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7866 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7867
7868 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7869 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7870 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7871
7872 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7873 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7874
7875 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7876
7877 ;;;***
7878 \f
7879 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7880 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7881 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7882 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7883 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7884 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7885 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7886 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17390 27408))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7888
7889 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7890 Customization for ebnf group.
7891
7892 \(fn)" t nil)
7893
7894 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7895 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7896
7897 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7898
7899 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7900 processed.
7901
7902 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7903
7904 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7905
7906 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7907 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7908
7909 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7910 killed after process termination.
7911
7912 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7913
7914 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7918
7919 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7920 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7921 it to the printer.
7922
7923 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7924 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7925 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7926 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7927
7928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7929
7930 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7931 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7932 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7933
7934 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7935
7936 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7938
7939 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7940
7941 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7942 processed.
7943
7944 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7945
7946 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7949 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7950
7951 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7952 killed after process termination.
7953
7954 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7955
7956 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7960 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7961 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7962
7963 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7964
7965 \(fn)" t nil)
7966
7967 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7968 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7969 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7970
7971 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7972
7973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7974
7975 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7977
7978 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7979
7980 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7981 processed.
7982
7983 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7984
7985 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7986
7987 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7988 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7989
7990 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7991 killed after EPS generation.
7992
7993 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7994
7995 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7996
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7999
8000 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8001 The EPS file name has the following form:
8002
8003 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8004
8005 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8006 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8007
8008 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8009 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8010 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8011 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8012
8013 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8014
8015 \(fn)" t nil)
8016
8017 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8018 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8019
8020 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8021 The EPS file name has the following form:
8022
8023 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8024
8025 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8026 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8027
8028 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8029 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8030 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8031 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8032
8033 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8034
8035 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8036
8037 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8038
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8041
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8043
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8045 processed.
8046
8047 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8048
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8053
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after syntax checking.
8056
8057 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8058
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8063
8064 \(fn)" t nil)
8065
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8068
8069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8072 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8073
8074 \(fn)" nil nil)
8075
8076 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8077 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8078
8079 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8080
8081 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Delete style NAME.
8085
8086 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8087
8088 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8092
8093 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8094
8095 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8096
8097 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Set STYLE as the current style.
8099
8100 It returns the old style symbol.
8101
8102 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8103
8104 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8105
8106 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8107 Reset current style.
8108
8109 It returns the old style symbol.
8110
8111 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8112
8113 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8117
8118 It returns the old style symbol.
8119
8120 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8125 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8126
8127 It returns the old style symbol.
8128
8129 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8130
8131 \(fn)" t nil)
8132
8133 ;;;***
8134 \f
8135 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8136 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8137 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8138 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8139 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8140 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8141 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8142 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8143 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8144 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8145 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17591
8146 ;;;;;; 9719))
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8148
8149 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8150 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8151 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8152 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8153 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8154 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8155
8156 Tree mode key bindings:
8157 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8158
8159 \(fn)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8162 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8163
8164 \(fn)" t nil)
8165
8166 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8167 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8168
8169 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8170
8171 \(fn)" nil nil)
8172
8173 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8174 View declaration of member at point.
8175
8176 \(fn)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8179 Find declaration of member at point.
8180
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8184 View definition of member at point.
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8189 Find definition of member at point.
8190
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8194 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8195
8196 \(fn)" t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8199 View definition of member at point in other window.
8200
8201 \(fn)" t nil)
8202
8203 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8204 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8205
8206 \(fn)" t nil)
8207
8208 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8209 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8210
8211 \(fn)" t nil)
8212
8213 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8214 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8215
8216 \(fn)" t nil)
8217
8218 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8219 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8220
8221 \(fn)" t nil)
8222
8223 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8224 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8225 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8226 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8227 completion.
8228
8229 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8230
8231 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8232 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8233 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8234 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8235
8236 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8237
8238 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8239 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8240 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8241 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8242
8243 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8246 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8247 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8248
8249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8252 Search for call sites of a member.
8253 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8254 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8255 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8256 looks like a function call to the member.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8261 Move backward in the position stack.
8262 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8263
8264 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8267 Move forward in the position stack.
8268 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8269
8270 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8273 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8274
8275 \(fn)" t nil)
8276
8277 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8278 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8279
8280 \(fn)" t nil)
8281
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8284 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8285 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8286
8287 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8288
8289 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8290 Display statistics for a class tree.
8291
8292 \(fn)" t nil)
8293
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8297 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8299
8300 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8301 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8302 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8303 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8304
8305 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8306 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8307 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8308
8309 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8310 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8311 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8312
8313 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8314
8315 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8316
8317 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8318
8319 ;;;***
8320 \f
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8322 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17390 26937))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8324
8325 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8326 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8327 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8328
8329 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8330
8331 ;;;***
8332 \f
8333 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8334 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8335 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17591 11774))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8337
8338 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8339 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8340 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8341 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8342 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8343
8344 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8345 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8346 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8347 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8348
8349 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8350
8351 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8352 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8353 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8354 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8355
8356 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8357
8358 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8359 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8360 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8361 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8362
8363 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8364
8365 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8366
8367 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8368 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8369 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8370 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8371 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8372
8373 If you do this on a function definition
8374 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8375 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8376 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8377 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8378
8379 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8380 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8381 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8382 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8383 already is one.)
8384
8385 \(fn)" t nil)
8386
8387 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8388 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8389
8390 \(fn)" t nil)
8391
8392 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8393 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8394
8395 \(fn)" t nil)
8396
8397 ;;;***
8398 \f
8399 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8400 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8401 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8402 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8403 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8404 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8405 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8406 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8407 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8408 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17569 17781))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8410
8411 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8412 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8413
8414 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8417 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8418
8419 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8420
8421 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8422
8423 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8424
8425 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8426 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8427 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8428 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8429
8430 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8433 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8434
8435 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8436
8437 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8438
8439 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8440 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8441
8442 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8443
8444 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8445
8446 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8447 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8448 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8449 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8450
8451 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8452
8453 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8454
8455 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8456 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8457 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8458 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8459
8460 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8461
8462 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8463
8464 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8465 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8466 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8467 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8468
8469 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8470
8471 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8472
8473 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8474 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8475 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8476 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8477
8478 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8479
8480 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8481
8482 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8483 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8484 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8485 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8486 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8487 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8488
8489 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8492 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8493 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8494 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8495
8496 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8497
8498 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8499
8500 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8501 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8502 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8503 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8504
8505 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8506
8507 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8508
8509 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8510
8511 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8512 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8513 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8514 follows:
8515 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8516 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8517
8518 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8521 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8522 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8523 follows:
8524 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8525 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8526
8527 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8530 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8531 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8532 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8533 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8534 region.
8535 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8536 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8537
8538 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8541 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8542 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8543 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8544 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8545 region.
8546 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8547 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8548 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8549
8550 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8551
8552 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8553
8554 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8555 Merge two files without ancestor.
8556
8557 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8558
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8560 Merge two files with ancestor.
8561
8562 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8563
8564 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8565
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8567 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8568
8569 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8570
8571 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8572 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8573
8574 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8578 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8579 buffer.
8580
8581 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8585 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8586 buffer.
8587
8588 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8589
8590 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8591 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8592 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8593 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8594
8595 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8598 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8599 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8600 and don't ask the user.
8601 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8602 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8603
8604 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8607 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8608 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8609 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8610 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8611 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8612 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8613 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8614
8615 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8616
8617 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8618
8619 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8620
8621 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8622 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8623 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8624 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8625 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8626
8627 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8628
8629 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8630
8631 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8632 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8633 When called interactively, displays the version.
8634
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8638 Display Ediff's manual.
8639 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8640
8641 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8642
8643 ;;;***
8644 \f
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8646 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8648
8649 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8650 Not documented
8651
8652 \(fn)" t nil)
8653
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8658
8659 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8660 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8661
8662 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8663
8664 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8665
8666 ;;;***
8667 \f
8668 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8669 ;;;;;; (17569 17781))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8671
8672 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8673 Display Ediff's registry.
8674
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8676
8677 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8678
8679 ;;;***
8680 \f
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8682 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17401 60342))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8684
8685 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8686 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8687 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8688 which see.
8689
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8693 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8694 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8695 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8696
8697 \(fn)" t nil)
8698
8699 ;;;***
8700 \f
8701 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8702 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8703 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8705
8706 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8707 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8708 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8709
8710 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8711 Edit a keyboard macro.
8712 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8713 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8714 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8715 its command name.
8716 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8717
8718 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8721 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8722
8723 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8724
8725 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8726 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8727
8728 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8731 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8732 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8733 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8734 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8735 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8736
8737 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8738 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8739 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8740 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8741
8742 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8745 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8746 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8747 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8748 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8749 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8750
8751 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8752
8753 ;;;***
8754 \f
8755 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8756 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17390 26938))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8758
8759 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8760 Set scroll margins.
8761 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8762 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8763
8764 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8765
8766 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8767 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8768
8769 \(fn)" t nil)
8770
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8774 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8776
8777 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8778 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8779 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8780 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8781 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8782 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8783 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8784 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8785
8786 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8787 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8788
8789 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8790 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8791 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8792 this value is non-nil.
8793
8794 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8795 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8796 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8797
8798 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8799 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8800 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8801
8802 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8803
8804 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8805 Not documented
8806
8807 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8808
8809 ;;;***
8810 \f
8811 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8812 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17390 26938))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8814
8815 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8816 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8817
8818 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8819
8820 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8821 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8822 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8823 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8824 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8825 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8826 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8827
8828 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8829
8830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8831
8832 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8833 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8834
8835 \(fn)" t nil)
8836
8837 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8838 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8839 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8840 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8841 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8842 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8843 arg list.
8844
8845 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8846 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8847
8848 ;;;***
8849 \f
8850 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17390
8851 ;;;;;; 26937))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8853
8854 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8855 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8856
8857 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8858 an elided material again.
8859
8860 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8861
8862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8863
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8867 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8869
8870 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8871 Initialize elint.
8872
8873 \(fn)" t nil)
8874
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8878 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
8879 ;;;;;; 26938))
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8881
8882 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8883 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8884 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8885
8886 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8887
8888 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8889 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8890 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8891
8892 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8893
8894 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8895 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8896 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8897
8898 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8899
8900 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8901
8902 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8903 Display current profiling results.
8904 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8905 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8906 displayed.
8907
8908 \(fn)" t nil)
8909
8910 ;;;***
8911 \f
8912 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8913 ;;;;;; (17444 1970))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8915
8916 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8917 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8918 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8919
8920 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8921
8922 ;;;***
8923 \f
8924 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8925 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8926 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8927 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8928 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8930
8931 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8932 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8933 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8934 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8935 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8936 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8937 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8938 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8939 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8940 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8941 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8942 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8943 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8944 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8945 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8946 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8947
8948 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8949 Run Emerge on two files.
8950
8951 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8954 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8955
8956 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8959 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8960
8961 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8964 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8965
8966 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8969 Not documented
8970
8971 \(fn)" nil nil)
8972
8973 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8974 Not documented
8975
8976 \(fn)" nil nil)
8977
8978 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8979 Not documented
8980
8981 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8982
8983 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8984 Not documented
8985
8986 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8987
8988 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8989 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8990
8991 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8992
8993 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8994 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8995
8996 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8997
8998 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8999 Not documented
9000
9001 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9002
9003 ;;;***
9004 \f
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9006 ;;;;;; (17323 25934))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9008
9009 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9010 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9011
9012 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9013
9014 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9015
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9019 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17390 26946))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9021
9022 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9023 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9024 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9025 text/enriched format.
9026 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9027
9028 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9029 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9030
9031 Commands:
9032
9033 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9034
9035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9036
9037 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9038 Not documented
9039
9040 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9041
9042 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9043 Not documented
9044
9045 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9050 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17591 9873))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9052
9053 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9054 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9055
9056 \(fn)" nil nil)
9057
9058 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9059 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9060 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9061 (server (erc-compute-server))
9062 (port (erc-compute-port))
9063 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9064 password
9065 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9066
9067 That is, if called with
9068
9069 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9070
9071 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9072 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9073 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9074
9075 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9076
9077 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9078 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9079 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9080 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9081
9082 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9083
9084 ;;;***
9085 \f
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17591
9087 ;;;;;; 9873))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9090
9091 ;;;***
9092 \f
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17374 21559))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9102
9103 ;;;***
9104 \f
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9106 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17396 42163))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9108
9109 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9110 Parser for /dcc command.
9111 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9112 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9113 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9114
9115 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9116
9117 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9118 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9119
9120 \(fn)" nil nil)
9121
9122 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9123 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9124
9125 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9126 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9127 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9128 that subcommand.
9129
9130 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9131
9132 ;;;***
9133 \f
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9135 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9136 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9137 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9138 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9140
9141 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9142 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9143
9144 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9145
9146 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9147 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9148 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9149 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9150
9151 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9152
9153 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9154 Not documented
9155
9156 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9157
9158 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9159 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9160
9161 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9162
9163 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9164 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9165
9166 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9167
9168 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9169 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9170
9171 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9172
9173 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9174 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9175
9176 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9177
9178 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9179 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9180
9181 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9182
9183 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9184 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9185
9186 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9189 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9190
9191 \(fn)" nil nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9194 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9195
9196 \(fn)" nil nil)
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17396
9201 ;;;;;; 42158))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9204
9205 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9206 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9207 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9208
9209 \(fn)" nil nil)
9210
9211 ;;;***
9212 \f
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9214 ;;;;;; 42158))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 9873))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9224
9225 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9226 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9227 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9228 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9229 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9230 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9231 system.
9232
9233 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9234
9235 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9236 Not documented
9237
9238 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9243 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9245
9246 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9247 Not documented
9248
9249 \(fn)" nil nil)
9250
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17469 12056))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9260 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9262 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9263
9264 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9265 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9266 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9267 available channel).
9268
9269 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9270
9271 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9272 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9273 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9274 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9275
9276 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9277
9278 ;;;***
9279 \f
9280 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9281 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17591 9873))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9283 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9284
9285 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9286 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9287 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9288 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9289 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9290 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9291
9292 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9293
9294 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9295 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9296 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9297 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9298
9299 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9300 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9301 automatically.
9302
9303 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9304 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9305
9306 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9311 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9312 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9313 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9315 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9316
9317 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9318 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9319
9320 \(fn)" t nil)
9321
9322 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9323 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9324
9325 \(fn)" t nil)
9326
9327 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9328 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9329
9330 \(fn)" t nil)
9331
9332 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9333 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9334
9335 \(fn)" t nil)
9336
9337 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9338 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9339
9340 \(fn)" t nil)
9341
9342 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9343 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9344
9345 \(fn)" t nil)
9346
9347 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9348 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9349
9350 \(fn)" t nil)
9351
9352 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9353 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9354
9355 \(fn)" t nil)
9356
9357 ;;;***
9358 \f
9359 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9360 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9363
9364 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9365 Show who's gone.
9366
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9372 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17396 42158))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9374
9375 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9376 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9377 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9378 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9379
9380 \(fn)" nil nil)
9381
9382 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9383 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9384
9385 \(fn)" t nil)
9386
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9390 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9392 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9393
9394 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9395 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9396 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9397 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9398
9399 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9400
9401 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9402 Not documented
9403
9404 \(fn)" nil nil)
9405
9406 ;;;***
9407 \f
9408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9409 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9410 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9411
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9415 ;;;;;; 9873))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9417 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9418
9419 ;;;***
9420 \f
9421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17396 42158))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9423 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9424
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9429 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9430
9431 ;;;***
9432 \f
9433 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9434 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9435 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9436 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9437
9438 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9439 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9440
9441 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9444 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9445 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9446
9447 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9448
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17396 42158))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9453 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9454
9455 ;;;***
9456 \f
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9458 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9460
9461 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9462 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9463 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9464
9465 \(fn)" t nil)
9466
9467 ;;;***
9468 \f
9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17396
9470 ;;;;;; 42158))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9472 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9473
9474 ;;;***
9475 \f
9476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17396 42169))
9477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9478 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9479
9480 ;;;***
9481 \f
9482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17591 9873))
9483 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9484 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9485 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9490 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17396 42158))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9492 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9493
9494 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9495 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9496 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9497 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9498
9499 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9500
9501 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9502 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9503 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9504
9505 \(fn)" t nil)
9506
9507 ;;;***
9508 \f
9509 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9510 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9512
9513 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9514 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9515
9516 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9521 ;;;;;; 26939))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9523
9524 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9525 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9526
9527 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9528
9529 \(fn)" nil nil)
9530
9531 ;;;***
9532 \f
9533 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17390
9534 ;;;;;; 26939))
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9536
9537 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9538 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9539
9540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9541
9542 ;;;***
9543 \f
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9545 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17427 42815))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9547
9548 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9549 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9550 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9551 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9552 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9553 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9554 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9555 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9556 buffer selected (or created).
9557
9558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9559
9560 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9561 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9562 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9563
9564 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9565
9566 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9567 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9568 The result might be any Lisp object.
9569 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9570 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9571 corresponding to a successful execution.
9572
9573 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9574
9575 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9576 Report a bug in Eshell.
9577 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9578 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9579
9580 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9581
9582 ;;;***
9583 \f
9584 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9585 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9586 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9587 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9588 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9589 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9590 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9591 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9593
9594 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9595 *File name of tags table.
9596 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9597 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9598 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9599 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9600
9601 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9602 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9603 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9604 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9605
9606 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9607
9608 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9609 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9610 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9611 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9612 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9613 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9614
9615 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9616
9617 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9618 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9619 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9620 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9621 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9622 `auto-compression-mode').")
9623
9624 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9625
9626 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9627 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9628 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9629 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9630 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9631
9632 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9633
9634 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9635 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9636 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9637 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9638
9639 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9640
9641 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9642 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9643 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9644 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9645 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9646
9647 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9648
9649 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9650 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9651
9652 \(fn)" t nil)
9653
9654 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9655 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9656 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9657 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9658
9659 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9660 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9661 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9662 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9663 file the tag was in.
9664
9665 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9668 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9669 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9670 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9671 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9672 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9673 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9674 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9675 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9676
9677 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9678
9679 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9680 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9681 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9682 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9683 without directory names.
9684
9685 \(fn)" nil nil)
9686
9687 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9688 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9689 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9690 but does not select the buffer.
9691 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9692
9693 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9694 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9695 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9696 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9697 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9698
9699 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9700
9701 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9702 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9703 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9704
9705 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9706
9707 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9708
9709 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9710 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9711 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9712 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9713
9714 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9715 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9716 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9717 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9718 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9719
9720 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9721
9722 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9723 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9724 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9725
9726 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9727
9728 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9729 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9730
9731 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9732 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9733 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9734 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9735 around or before point.
9736
9737 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9738 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9739 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9740 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9741 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9742
9743 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9744
9745 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9746 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9747 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9748
9749 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9750
9751 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9752 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9753
9754 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9755 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9756 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9757 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9758 around or before point.
9759
9760 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9761 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9762 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9763 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9764 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9765
9766 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9767
9768 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9769 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9770 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9771
9772 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9773
9774 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9775 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9776
9777 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9778 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9779 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9780
9781 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9782 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9783 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9784 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9785 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9786
9787 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9788
9789 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9790 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9791 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9792
9793 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9794
9795 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9796 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9797 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9798
9799 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9800 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9801
9802 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9803 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9804 where they were found.
9805
9806 \(fn)" t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9809 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9810
9811 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9812 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9813 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9814
9815 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9816 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9817
9818 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9819 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9820
9821 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9824 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9825 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9826 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9827
9828 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9829 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9830 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9831 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9832 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9833
9834 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9835 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9836
9837 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9838 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9839 Stops when a match is found.
9840 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9841
9842 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9843
9844 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9845
9846 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9847 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9848 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9849 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9850 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9851
9852 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9853
9854 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9855
9856 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9857 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9858 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9859 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9860 directory specification.
9861
9862 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9865 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9866
9867 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9870 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9871 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9872 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9873
9874 \(fn)" t nil)
9875
9876 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9877 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9878 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9879 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9880 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9881
9882 \(fn)" t nil)
9883
9884 ;;;***
9885 \f
9886 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9887 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9888 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9889 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9890 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9891 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9892 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9893 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17549 5052))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9895
9896 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9897 Not documented
9898
9899 \(fn)" nil nil)
9900
9901 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9903 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9904 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9905
9906 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9907 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9908 language.
9909
9910 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9911 even if the buffer is read-only.
9912
9913 See also the descriptions of the variables
9914 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9915 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9916
9917 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9920 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9921
9922 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9923 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9924
9925 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9926 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9927 language.
9928
9929 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9930 buffer is read-only.
9931
9932 See also the descriptions of the variables
9933 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9934 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9935
9936 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9939 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9940 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9941
9942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9943
9944 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9945 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9946
9947 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9948 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9949
9950 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9951 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9952
9953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9954
9955 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9956 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9957 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9958 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9959
9960 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9961
9962 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9963 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9964 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9965 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9966
9967 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9968 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9969 the primary language.
9970
9971 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9972 buffer is read-only.
9973
9974 See also the descriptions of the variables
9975 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9976 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9977
9978 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9979
9980 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9981 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9982 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9983 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9984
9985 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9986 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9987 primary language.
9988
9989 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9990 buffer is read-only.
9991
9992 See also the descriptions of the variables
9993 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9994 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9995
9996 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9997
9998 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9999 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10000 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10001
10002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10003
10004 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10005 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10006
10007 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10008 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10009 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10010 3) convert the body into SERA.
10011
10012 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10013
10014 \(fn)" t nil)
10015
10016 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10017 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10018 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10019
10020 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10021
10022 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10023 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10024
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10026
10027 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10028 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10029
10030 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10031 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10032 be 1, 2, or 3.
10033
10034 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10035 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10036 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10037
10038 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10039
10040 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Allow the user to input special characters.
10044
10045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10048 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10049 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10050
10051 \(fn)" t nil)
10052
10053 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10054 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10055
10056 \(fn)" t nil)
10057
10058 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10059 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10060
10061 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10062 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10063
10064 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10065 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10066
10067 \(fn)" nil nil)
10068
10069 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10070 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10071
10072 \(fn)" nil nil)
10073
10074 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10076
10077 \(fn)" nil nil)
10078
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10081
10082 \(fn)" nil nil)
10083
10084 ;;;***
10085 \f
10086 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10087 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10090
10091 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10092 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10093 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10094 server for future sessions.
10095
10096 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10097
10098 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10099 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10100 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10101
10102 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10103
10104 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10105 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10106 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10107
10108 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10109
10110 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10111 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10112 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10113 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10114 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10115 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10116 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10117 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10118 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10119 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10120 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10121 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10122
10123 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10124
10125 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10126 Display a form to query the directory server.
10127 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10128 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10129
10130 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10131
10132 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10133 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10134 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10135
10136 \(fn)" t nil)
10137
10138 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10139
10140 ;;;***
10141 \f
10142 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10143 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10144 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17390 26944))
10145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10146
10147 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10148 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10149
10150 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10151
10152 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10153 Display URL and make it clickable.
10154
10155 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10156
10157 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10158 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10159
10160 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10161
10162 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10163 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10164
10165 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10166
10167 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10168 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10169
10170 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10171
10172 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10173 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10174
10175 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10176
10177 ;;;***
10178 \f
10179 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10180 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17390 26944))
10181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10182
10183 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10184 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10185 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10186
10187 \(fn)" t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10190 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10191
10192 \(fn)" t nil)
10193
10194 ;;;***
10195 \f
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10197 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10199
10200 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10201 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10202
10203 \(fn)" t nil)
10204
10205 ;;;***
10206 \f
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17549
10208 ;;;;;; 4607))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10210
10211 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10212 Create an empty ewoc.
10213
10214 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10215
10216 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10217 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10218 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10219 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10220 `insert-before-markers'.
10221
10222 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10223 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10224 respectively, of the ewoc.
10225
10226 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10227 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10228 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10229
10230 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10235 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10236 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10237 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10239
10240 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10241 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10242 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10243
10244 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10245
10246 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10247 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10248 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10249 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10250 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10251
10252 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10255 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10256 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10257 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10258 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10259 executable.
10260
10261 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10264 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10265 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10266
10267 \(fn)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10270 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10271 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10272 file modes.
10273
10274 \(fn)" nil nil)
10275
10276 ;;;***
10277 \f
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10279 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17390 26939))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10281
10282 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10283 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10284 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10285 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10286
10287 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10288
10289 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10290 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10291 to generate such functions.
10292
10293 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10294 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10295 beginning of the expanded text.
10296
10297 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10298 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10299 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10300 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10301
10302 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10303
10304 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10305
10306 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10307 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10308 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10309
10310 \(fn)" t nil)
10311
10312 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10313 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10314 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10315
10316 \(fn)" t nil)
10317 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10318 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10319
10320 ;;;***
10321 \f
10322 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17390 27324))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10324
10325 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10326 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10327 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10328
10329 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10330 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10331 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10332
10333 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10334
10335 Key definitions:
10336 \\{f90-mode-map}
10337
10338 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10339
10340 `f90-do-indent'
10341 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10342 `f90-if-indent'
10343 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10344 `f90-type-indent'
10345 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10346 `f90-program-indent'
10347 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10348 (default 2).
10349 `f90-continuation-indent'
10350 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10351 `f90-comment-region'
10352 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10353 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10354 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10355 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10356 (default \"!\").
10357 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10358 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10359 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10360 `f90-break-delimiters'
10361 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10362 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10363 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10364 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10365 (default t).
10366 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10367 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10368 `f90-smart-end'
10369 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10370 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10371 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10372 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10373 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10374 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10375 `f90-leave-line-no'
10376 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10377
10378 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10379 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10380
10381 \(fn)" t nil)
10382
10383 ;;;***
10384 \f
10385 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10386 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10387 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10388 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10389 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17591 9293))
10390 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10391 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10392 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10393
10394 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10395 Menu keymap for faces.")
10396
10397 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10398
10399 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10400 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10401
10402 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10403
10404 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10405 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10406
10407 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10408
10409 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10410 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10411
10412 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10413
10414 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10415 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10416
10417 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10418
10419 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10420 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10421
10422 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10423
10424 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10425 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10426
10427 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10428
10429 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10430
10431 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10432
10433 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10434
10435 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10436 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10437 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10438 will not show through at all will be removed.
10439
10440 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10441
10442 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10443 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10444 requested face.
10445
10446 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10447 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10448 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10449
10450 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10453 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10454 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10455
10456 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10457 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10458 requested face.
10459
10460 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10461 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10462 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10463
10464 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10465
10466 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10467 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10468 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10469
10470 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10471 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10472 requested face.
10473
10474 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10475 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10476 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10477
10478 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10479
10480 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10481 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10482 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10483 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10484 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10485 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10486 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10487
10488 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10489 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10490 requested face.
10491
10492 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10493 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10494 to insert cancels the specification.
10495
10496 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10499 Make the region invisible.
10500 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10501 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10502
10503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10504
10505 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10506 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10507 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10508 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10509
10510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10513 Make the region unmodifiable.
10514 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10515 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10516
10517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10518
10519 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10520 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10521
10522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10525 Remove all text properties from the region.
10526
10527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10528
10529 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10530 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10531 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10532
10533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10534
10535 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10536 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10537
10538 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10539
10540 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10541 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10542 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10543 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10544 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10545 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10546
10547 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10548
10549 ;;;***
10550 \f
10551 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10552 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17383 38806))
10553 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10554
10555 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10556 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10557 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10558 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10559
10560 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10561
10562 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10563 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10564 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10565
10566 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10567 - When you save the file's buffer.
10568 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10569 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10570 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10571 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10572
10573 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10574
10575 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10576 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10577 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10578 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10579
10580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10581
10582 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10583 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10584
10585 \(fn)" nil nil)
10586
10587 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10588
10589 ;;;***
10590 \f
10591 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10592 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10593 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17279 27198))
10594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10595
10596 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10597 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10598 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10599 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10600
10601 \(fn)" nil nil)
10602
10603 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10604 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10605
10606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10607
10608 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10609 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10610 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10611 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10612
10613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10614
10615 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10616 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10617 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10618 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10619 backup file names and the like).
10620
10621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10624 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10625 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10626 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10627 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10628 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10629 internally by feedmail):
10630
10631 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10632 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10633 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10634 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10635
10636 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10637 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10638 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10639 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10640 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10641
10642 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10643
10644 ;;;***
10645 \f
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10647 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17401 60343))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10649
10650 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10651 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10652 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10653 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10654 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10655 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10656 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10657
10658 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10659
10660 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10661 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10662 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10663 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10664 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10665 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10666 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10667
10668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10669
10670 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10671
10672 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10673 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10674 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10675 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10676 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10677 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10678
10679 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10682 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10683 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10684 Return value:
10685 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10686 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10687 * otherwise, nil
10688
10689 \(fn E)" t nil)
10690
10691 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10692 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10693
10694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10695
10696 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10697 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10698
10699 \(fn)" t nil)
10700
10701 ;;;***
10702 \f
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10704 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10706
10707 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10708 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10709 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10710 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10711 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10712 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10713 \(directories) is done.
10714
10715 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10716 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10717 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10718 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17390
10723 ;;;;;; 26939))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10725
10726 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10727 Filesets initialization.
10728 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10729
10730 \(fn)" nil nil)
10731
10732 ;;;***
10733 \f
10734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17591 9619))
10735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10736 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10737
10738 ;;;***
10739 \f
10740 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10741 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10742 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10743 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10744
10745 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10746 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10747 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10748 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10749 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10750
10751 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10752
10753 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10754 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10755 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10756 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10757 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10758
10759 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10760
10761 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10762 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10763 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10764 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10765
10766 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10767
10768 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10769 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10770 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10771
10772 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10773
10774 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10775 as the final argument.
10776
10777 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10778
10779 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10780 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10781 and run dired on those files.
10782 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10783 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10784
10785 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10786
10787 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10790 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10791 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10792
10793 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10794
10795 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10796
10797 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10798
10799 ;;;***
10800 \f
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10802 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10803 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10804 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10805
10806 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10807 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10808 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10809 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10810 construct.")
10811
10812 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10813 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10814 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10815
10816 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10817
10818 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10819
10820 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10821
10822 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10823 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10824 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10825
10826 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10827 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10828
10829 Variables of interest include:
10830
10831 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10832 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10833 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10834
10835 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10836 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10837 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10838
10839 - `ff-ignore-include'
10840 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10841
10842 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10843 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10844
10845 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10846 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10847
10848 - `ff-special-constructs'
10849 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10850 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10851 extracting the filename from that construct.
10852
10853 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10854 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10855
10856 - `ff-search-directories'
10857 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10858 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10859
10860 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10861 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10862
10863 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10864 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10865
10866 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10867 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10868
10869 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10870 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10871
10872 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10873 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10874
10875 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10876
10877 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10878 Visit the file you click on.
10879
10880 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10881
10882 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10883 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10884
10885 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10886
10887 ;;;***
10888 \f
10889 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10890 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10891 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10892 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10893 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10894 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17591 9719))
10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10897
10898 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10899 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10900
10901 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10902
10903 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10904 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10905 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10906 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10907
10908 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10909 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10910 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10911 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10912
10913 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10914
10915 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10916 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10917
10918 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10919 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10920 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10921 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10922
10923 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10924 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10925 in `load-path'.
10926
10927 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10928
10929 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10930 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10931
10932 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10933 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10934 places point before the definition.
10935 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10936
10937 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10938 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10939 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10940
10941 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10942
10943 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10944 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10945
10946 See `find-function' for more details.
10947
10948 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10949
10950 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10951 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10952
10953 See `find-function' for more details.
10954
10955 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10958 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10959
10960 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10961 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10962 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10963
10964 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10965 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10966
10967 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10968
10969 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10970 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10971
10972 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10973 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10974 places point before the definition.
10975
10976 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10977
10978 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10979 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10980 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10981
10982 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10983
10984 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10985 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10986
10987 See `find-variable' for more details.
10988
10989 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10992 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10993
10994 See `find-variable' for more details.
10995
10996 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10997
10998 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10999 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11000 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11001 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11002 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11003 buffer nor display it.
11004
11005 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11006 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11007
11008 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11009
11010 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11011 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11012
11013 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11014 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11015 places point before the definition.
11016
11017 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11018
11019 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11020 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11021 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11022
11023 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11024
11025 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11026 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11027 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11028
11029 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11030
11031 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11032 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11033
11034 \(fn)" t nil)
11035
11036 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11037 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11038
11039 \(fn)" t nil)
11040
11041 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11042 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11043
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045
11046 ;;;***
11047 \f
11048 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11049 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17396 42165))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11051
11052 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11053 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11054
11055 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11056
11057 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11058 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11059
11060 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11061
11062 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11063 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11064
11065 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11066
11067 ;;;***
11068 \f
11069 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11070 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17469 12047))
11071 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11072
11073 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11074 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11075
11076 \(fn)" t nil)
11077
11078 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11079 Display FILE's commentary section.
11080 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11081
11082 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11085 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11086
11087 \(fn)" t nil)
11088
11089 ;;;***
11090 \f
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11092 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17390 26939))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11094
11095 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11096 Toggle flow control handling.
11097 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11098 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11099
11100 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11101
11102 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11103 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11104 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11105 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11106 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11107 to get the effect of a C-q.
11108
11109 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11110
11111 ;;;***
11112 \f
11113 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11114 ;;;;;; (17478 25198))
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11116
11117 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11118 Not documented
11119
11120 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11121
11122 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11123 Not documented
11124
11125 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11126
11127 ;;;***
11128 \f
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11130 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17396 42171))
11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11132
11133 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11134 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11135 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11136 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11137
11138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11139
11140 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11141 Turn flymake mode on.
11142
11143 \(fn)" nil nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11146 Turn flymake mode off.
11147
11148 \(fn)" nil nil)
11149
11150 ;;;***
11151 \f
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11153 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11154 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17549 4608))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11156
11157 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11158 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11159
11160 \(fn)" t nil)
11161 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11162
11163 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11164 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11165 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11166 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11167 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11168 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11169
11170 Bindings:
11171 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11172 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11173 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11174 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11175
11176 Hooks:
11177 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11178
11179 Remark:
11180 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11181 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11182 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11183
11184 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11185 consider adding:
11186 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11187 in your .emacs file.
11188
11189 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11190 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11191
11192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11195 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11196
11197 \(fn)" nil nil)
11198
11199 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11200 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11201
11202 \(fn)" nil nil)
11203
11204 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11205 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11206
11207 \(fn)" nil nil)
11208
11209 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11210 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11211
11212 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11213
11214 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11215 Flyspell whole buffer.
11216
11217 \(fn)" t nil)
11218
11219 ;;;***
11220 \f
11221 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11222 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11223 ;;;;;; (17490 7930))
11224 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11225
11226 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11227 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11228
11229 \(fn)" t nil)
11230
11231 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11232 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11233
11234 \(fn)" t nil)
11235
11236 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11237 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11238
11239 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11240 of two major techniques:
11241
11242 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11243 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11244 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11245
11246 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11247 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11248 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11249 movement commands.
11250
11251 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11252 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11253 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11254 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11255 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11256 mileage may vary).
11257
11258 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11259 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11260
11261 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11262
11263 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11264 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11265 \(This is the default.)
11266
11267 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11268 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11269
11270 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11271 \\{follow-mode-map}
11272
11273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11274
11275 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11276 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11277
11278 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11279 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11280 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11281 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11282 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11283 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11284
11285 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11286 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11287 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11288
11289 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11290 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11291 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11292
11293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11294
11295 ;;;***
11296 \f
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17390
11298 ;;;;;; 26942))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11300
11301 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11302 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11303 \\<message-mode-map>
11304 key binding
11305 --- -------
11306
11307 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11308 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11309 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11310 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11311 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11312 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11313
11314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11315
11316 ;;;***
11317 \f
11318 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11319 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17390 26939))
11320 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11321
11322 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11323 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11324
11325 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11326 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11327 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11328 C-c < forms-first-record <
11329 C-c > forms-last-record >
11330 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11331 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11332 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11333 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11334 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11335 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11336 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11337 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11338 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11339 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11340
11341 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11342
11343 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11344 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11345
11346 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11347
11348 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11349 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11350
11351 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11352
11353 ;;;***
11354 \f
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11356 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17374 21266))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11358
11359 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11360 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11361 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11362 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11363 with a character in column 6.")
11364
11365 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11366
11367 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11368 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11369 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11370
11371 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11372 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11373
11374 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11375
11376 Key definitions:
11377 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11378
11379 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11380
11381 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11382 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11383 `fortran-do-indent'
11384 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11385 `fortran-if-indent'
11386 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11387 `fortran-structure-indent'
11388 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11389 (default 3)
11390 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11391 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11392 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11393 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11394 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11395 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11396 nil don't change the indentation
11397 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11398 value of either
11399 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11400 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11401 depending on the continuation format in use.
11402 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11403 indentation for a line of code.
11404 (default 'fixed)
11405 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11406 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11407 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11408 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11409 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11410 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11411 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11412 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11413 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11414 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11415 column 5.
11416 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11417 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11418 statements (default nil).
11419 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11420 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11421 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11422 `fortran-continuation-string'
11423 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11424 line (default \"$\").
11425 `fortran-comment-region'
11426 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11427 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11428 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11429 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11430 as typed (default t).
11431 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11432 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11433
11434 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11435 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11436
11437 \(fn)" t nil)
11438
11439 ;;;***
11440 \f
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11442 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11443 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11444
11445 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11446 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11447
11448 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11449 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11450
11451 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11452
11453 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11454 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11455
11456 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11457 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11458
11459 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11460
11461 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11462 Compile fortune file.
11463
11464 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11465 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11466
11467 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11468
11469 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11470 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11471
11472 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11473 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11474 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11475 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11476
11477 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11478
11479 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11480 Display a fortune cookie.
11481
11482 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11483 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11484 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11485 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11486
11487 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11488
11489 ;;;***
11490 \f
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11492 ;;;;;; (17591 9876))
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11494
11495 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11496 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11497 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11498 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11499
11500 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11501 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11502 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11503 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11504
11505 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11506 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11507 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11508 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11509 some of the buffers.
11510
11511 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11512
11513 The following commands help control operation :
11514
11515 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11516 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11517
11518 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11519 detailed description of this mode.
11520
11521
11522 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11523 | GDB Toolbar |
11524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11525 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11526 | | |
11527 | | |
11528 | | |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11531 | | (comint-mode) |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 | | |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11540 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11541 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11542 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544
11545 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11546
11547 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11548 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11549
11550 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11555 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17390
11556 ;;;;;; 26938))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11558
11559 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11560 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11561 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11562 instead (which see).")
11563
11564 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11565 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11566
11567 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11568 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11569 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11570 documentation string instead.
11571
11572 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11573 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11574 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11575 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11576 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11577 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11578 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11579 enders are actually possible.
11580
11581 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11582 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11583
11584 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11585 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11586 `font-lock-keywords'.
11587
11588 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11589 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11590 runs the macro expansion.
11591
11592 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11593 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11594 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11595
11596 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11597
11598 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11599
11600 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11601 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11602
11603 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11604
11605 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11606 Enter generic mode MODE.
11607
11608 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11609 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11610 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11611
11612 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11613 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11614
11615 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11618 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11619 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11620 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11621 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11622 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11623 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11624 `font-lock-keywords'.
11625
11626 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11627
11628 ;;;***
11629 \f
11630 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11631 ;;;;;; (17407 3111))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11633
11634 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11635 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11636 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11637 at places they belong to.
11638
11639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11640
11641 ;;;***
11642 \f
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11644 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17518 54377))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11646
11647 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11648 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11649
11650 Guideline for numbers:
11651 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11652 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11653 inside loops.
11654
11655 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11658 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11659 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11660
11661 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11665
11666 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11667
11668 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11669 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11670
11671 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11672 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11673 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11674 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11675 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11676 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11677
11678 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11679 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11680 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11681 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11682 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11683
11684 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11685
11686 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11691 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17427 41288))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11693
11694 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11695 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11696
11697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11698
11699 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11700 Read network news.
11701 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11702 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11703 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11704 name of an NNTP server to use.
11705 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11706 server.
11707
11708 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11709
11710 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11711 Read news as a slave.
11712
11713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11714
11715 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11716 Pop up a frame to read news.
11717 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11718 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11719 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11720 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11721 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11722 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11723 current display is used.
11724
11725 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11726
11727 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11728 Read network news.
11729 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11730 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11731 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11732
11733 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11734
11735 ;;;***
11736 \f
11737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11738 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11740 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11741 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17549 5046))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11744
11745 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11746 Start Gnus unplugged.
11747
11748 \(fn)" t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11751 Start Gnus plugged.
11752
11753 \(fn)" t nil)
11754
11755 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11757
11758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11761 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11762
11763 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11764 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11765 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11766
11767 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11768 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11769 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11770
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11772
11773 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11775
11776 \(fn)" nil nil)
11777
11778 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11780 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11781 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11782 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11783 supported.
11784
11785 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11786
11787 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11789 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11790 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11791 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11792 supported.
11793
11794 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11795
11796 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11798
11799 \(fn)" nil nil)
11800
11801 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11803 downloaded into the agent.
11804
11805 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11806
11807 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11809 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11810 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11811
11812 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11813
11814 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11816
11817 \(fn)" t nil)
11818
11819 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11821
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11823
11824 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11826 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11827
11828 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11829
11830 ;;;***
11831 \f
11832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11833 ;;;;;; (17569 17778))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11835
11836 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11837 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11838
11839 \(fn)" nil nil)
11840
11841 ;;;***
11842 \f
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11844 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11846
11847 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11848 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11849
11850 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11855 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11856 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11857 ;;;;;; 38805))
11858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11859
11860 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11861 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11862
11863 Usage:
11864 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11865
11866 \(fn)" t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11869 Generate the cache active file.
11870
11871 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11874 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11875
11876 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11879 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11880 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11881 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11882 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11883 supported.
11884
11885 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11886
11887 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11888 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11889 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11890 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11891 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11892 supported.
11893
11894 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11895
11896 ;;;***
11897 \f
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11899 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11901
11902 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11903 Delay this article by some time.
11904 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11905
11906 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11907 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11908
11909 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11910 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11911
11912 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11913 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11914
11915 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11916
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11918 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11919
11920 \(fn)" t nil)
11921
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11923 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11924 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11925 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11926
11927 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11928 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11929
11930 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11931
11932 ;;;***
11933 \f
11934 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11935 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17591 9282))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11937
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11939 Not documented
11940
11941 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11942
11943 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11944 Not documented
11945
11946 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11947
11948 ;;;***
11949 \f
11950 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11951 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11953
11954 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11955 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11956
11957 \(fn)" nil nil)
11958
11959 ;;;***
11960 \f
11961 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11962 ;;;;;; (17418 6749))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11964
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11966 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11967
11968 \(fn)" t nil)
11969
11970 ;;;***
11971 \f
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11973 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11974 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
11975 ;;;;;; 28574))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11977
11978 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11979 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11980
11981 \(fn)" t nil)
11982
11983 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11984 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11985
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11987
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11989 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11990
11991 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11994 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11995
11996 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11997
11998 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11999 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12000 The PNG is returned as a string.
12001
12002 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12003
12004 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12005 Convert FILE to a Face.
12006 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12007 726 bytes.
12008
12009 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12010
12011 ;;;***
12012 \f
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12014 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17591 9282))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12016
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12018 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12019 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12020
12021 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12022
12023 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12024 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12025
12026 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12027
12028 ;;;***
12029 \f
12030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12031 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12033
12034 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12035
12036 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12037 Run batched scoring.
12038 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12039
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12041
12042 ;;;***
12043 \f
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12045 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12046 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12048
12049 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12050 Not documented
12051
12052 \(fn)" nil nil)
12053
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12055 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12056 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12057
12058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12061 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12062
12063 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12064
12065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12066
12067 ;;;***
12068 \f
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12070 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12071 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12073
12074 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12075 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12076 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12077 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12078 group parameters.
12079
12080 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12081 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12082 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12083 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12084
12085 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12086 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12087 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12088 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12089 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12090 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12091 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12092 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12093 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12094 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12095
12096 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12097
12098 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12099 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12100 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12101 nil CATCH-ALL).
12102
12103 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12104 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12105
12106 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12107
12108 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12109 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12110 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12111
12112 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12113
12114 \(fn)" nil nil)
12115
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12117 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12118 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12119
12120 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12121
12122 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12123 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12124 existing groups are considered.
12125
12126 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12127 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12128 returned.
12129
12130 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12131 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12132 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12133 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12134 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12135 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12136 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12137 clauses will be generated.
12138
12139 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12140 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12141 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12142 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12143 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12144 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12145
12146 For example, given the following group parameters:
12147
12148 nnml:mail.bar:
12149 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12150 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12151 nnml:mail.foo:
12152 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12153 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12154 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12155 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12156 nnml:mail.others:
12157 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12158
12159 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12160
12161 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12162 \"mail.bar\")
12163 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12164 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12165 \"mail.others\")
12166
12167 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12168
12169 ;;;***
12170 \f
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12172 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12174
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12176 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12177 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12178
12179 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12180
12181 ;;;***
12182 \f
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12184 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12186
12187 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12188 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12189 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12190 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12191
12192 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12193
12194 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12195 Mail to ADDRESS.
12196
12197 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12198
12199 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12200 Like `message-reply'.
12201
12202 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12203
12204 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12205
12206 ;;;***
12207 \f
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12209 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17427 41288))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12211
12212 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12213 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12214
12215 \(fn)" t nil)
12216
12217 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12218 Load the NoCeM cache.
12219
12220 \(fn)" t nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12225 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12226 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12228
12229 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12230 Display picons in the From header.
12231 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12232
12233 \(fn)" t nil)
12234
12235 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12236 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12237 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12238
12239 \(fn)" t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12242 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12243 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12244
12245 \(fn)" t nil)
12246
12247 ;;;***
12248 \f
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12250 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12251 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12252 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12253 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12255
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12257 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12258 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12259 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12260
12261 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12262
12263 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12264 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12265 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12266 LIST1 is modified.
12267
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12269
12270 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12272 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12273
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12275
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12277 Not documented
12278
12279 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12280
12281 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12282 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12283 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12284
12285 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12288 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12289 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12290
12291 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12292
12293 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12294
12295 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12296 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12297 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12298
12299 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12300
12301 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12302 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12303 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12304
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12306
12307 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12309 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12310
12311 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12312
12313 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12314 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12315
12316 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12317
12318 ;;;***
12319 \f
12320 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12321 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17383 38805))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12323
12324 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12325 Not documented
12326
12327 \(fn)" t nil)
12328
12329 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12330 Install the registry hooks.
12331
12332 \(fn)" t nil)
12333
12334 ;;;***
12335 \f
12336 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12337 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17469
12338 ;;;;;; 13458))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12340
12341 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12342 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12343 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12344 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12345 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12346 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12347
12348 \(fn)" t nil)
12349
12350 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12351 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12352 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12353 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12354 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12355
12356 \(fn)" t nil)
12357
12358 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12359 Not documented
12360
12361 \(fn)" t nil)
12362
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12366 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12368
12369 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12370 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12371 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12372 for matching on group names.
12373
12374 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12375 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12376
12377 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12378
12379 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12380
12381 \(fn)" t nil)
12382
12383 ;;;***
12384 \f
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12386 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12388
12389 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12390 Update the format specification near point.
12391
12392 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12393
12394 ;;;***
12395 \f
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12397 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17591
12398 ;;;;;; 9890))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12400
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12402 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12403
12404 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12405
12406 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12407 Not documented
12408
12409 \(fn)" nil nil)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12414 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12416
12417 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12418 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12419
12420 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12421
12422 ;;;***
12423 \f
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17383 38807))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12426
12427 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12428 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12429
12430 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12431 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12432 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12433
12434 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12435 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12436 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12437
12438 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12439 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12440
12441 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12442 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12443
12444 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12445
12446 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12447
12448 ;;;***
12449 \f
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12451 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17591 9445))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12453
12454 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12455
12456 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12457 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12458 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12459 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12460 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12461
12462 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12463
12464 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12465 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12466 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12467 or to send e-mail.
12468 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12469 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12470
12471 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12472 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12473
12474 \(fn)" t nil)
12475 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12476
12477 ;;;***
12478 \f
12479 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12480 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12481 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17591 9719))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12483
12484 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12485 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12486
12487 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12488
12489 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12490 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12491 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12492 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12493 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12494
12495 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12496 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12497
12498 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12499
12500 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12501 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12502 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12503 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12504
12505 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12506
12507 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12508 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12509
12510 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12511
12512 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12513 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12514
12515 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12516 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12517 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12518
12519 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12520 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12521 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12522
12523 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12524 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12525
12526 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12527 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12528
12529 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12530
12531 (defvar grep-history nil)
12532
12533 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12534
12535 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12536 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12537 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12538
12539 \(fn)" nil nil)
12540
12541 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12542 Not documented
12543
12544 \(fn)" nil nil)
12545
12546 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12547 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12548
12549 \(fn)" nil nil)
12550
12551 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12552 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12553 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12554 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12555 where grep found matches.
12556
12557 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12558 easily repeat a grep command.
12559
12560 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12561 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12562 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12563 if that history list is empty).
12564
12565 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12566
12567 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12568 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12569 Collect output in a buffer.
12570 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12571 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12572
12573 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12574 easily repeat a find command.
12575
12576 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12577
12578 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12579
12580 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12581 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12582 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12583 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12584 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12585
12586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12587 before it is executed.
12588 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12589
12590 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12591 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12592 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12593
12594 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12595
12596 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12597
12598 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12599 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12600 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12601 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12602 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12603
12604 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12605 before it is executed.
12606 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12607
12608 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12609 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12610 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12611
12612 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12613
12614 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12615
12616 ;;;***
12617 \f
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12620
12621 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12622 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12623 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12624 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12625 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12626
12627 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12628
12629 ;;;***
12630 \f
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12632 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17591 9876))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12634
12635 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12636 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12637 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12638 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12639 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12640 `gdba' for more information.
12641
12642 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12643 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12644
12645 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12646
12647 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12648 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12649 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12650 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12651
12652 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12653
12654 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12655 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12656 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12657 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12658
12659 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12660
12661 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12662 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12663 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12664 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12665
12666 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12667 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12668
12669 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12670
12671 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12672 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12675
12676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12677
12678 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12679 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12680 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12681 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12682
12683 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12684
12685 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12686 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12687 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12688 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12689 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12690
12691 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12692 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12693 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12694 original source file access method.
12695
12696 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12697 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12698
12699 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12700
12701 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12702 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12703 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12704 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12705
12706 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12707 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12708
12709 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12710
12711 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12712 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12713
12714 \(fn)" t nil)
12715
12716 ;;;***
12717 \f
12718 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17383
12719 ;;;;;; 38807))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12721
12722 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12723 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12724 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12725 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12726
12727 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12728 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12729 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12730 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12731
12732 \(fn)" t nil)
12733
12734 ;;;***
12735 \f
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12737 ;;;;;; (17591 9622))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12739
12740 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12741 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12742
12743 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12744
12745 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12746 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12747 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12748 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12749
12750 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12751
12752 \(fn)" t nil)
12753
12754 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12755 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12756 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12757 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12758 to be updated.
12759
12760 \(fn)" t nil)
12761
12762 ;;;***
12763 \f
12764 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12765 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12766 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12767 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17390 26939))
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12769
12770 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12771 Return the help-echo string at point.
12772 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12773 property, or nil, is returned.
12774 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12775 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12776 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12777
12778 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12779
12780 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12781 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12782 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12783 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12784 this produces no string either, return nil.
12785
12786 \(fn)" nil nil)
12787
12788 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12789 Display local help in the echo area.
12790 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12791 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12792 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12793 printed instead.
12794
12795 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12796 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12797 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12798
12799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12800
12801 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12802 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12803 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12804
12805 \(fn)" t nil)
12806
12807 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12808 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12809 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12810
12811 \(fn)" t nil)
12812
12813 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12814 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12815 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12816 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12817 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12818 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12819 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12820 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12821 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12822 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12823 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12824
12825 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12826 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12827 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12828 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12829 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12830
12831 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12832 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12833 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12834 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12835 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12836 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12837 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12838 The default is `never'.")
12839
12840 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12841
12842 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12843 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12844 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12845 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12846 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12847 considered different regions.
12848
12849 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12850 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12851 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12852 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12853 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12854 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12855 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12856 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12857 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12858
12859 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12860
12861 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12862 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12863 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12864 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12865 different regions.
12866
12867 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12868 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12869 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12870 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12871 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12872 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12873 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12874 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12875
12876 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12877 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12878 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12879 rarely happens in practice.
12880
12881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12882
12883 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12884 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12885 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12886 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12887 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12888 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12889
12890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12891
12892 ;;;***
12893 \f
12894 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12895 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12896 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12897 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17591 9719))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12899
12900 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12901 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12902 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12903 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12904 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12905 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12906
12907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908
12909 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12910 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12911
12912 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12913
12914 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12915 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12916 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12917
12918 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12919
12920 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12921 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12922
12923 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12924
12925 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12926 Not documented
12927
12928 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12929
12930 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12931 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12932 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12933 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12934
12935 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12936
12937 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12938 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12939 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12940 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12941 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12942 it is displayed along with the global value.
12943
12944 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12945
12946 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12947 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12948 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12949 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12950
12951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12952
12953 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12954 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12955 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12956 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12957 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12958
12959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12960
12961 ;;;***
12962 \f
12963 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12964 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
12965 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12966
12967 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12968 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12969 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12970 and window listing and describing the options.
12971 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12972 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12973
12974 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12975
12976 ;;;***
12977 \f
12978 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12979 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12980 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17591 9719))
12981 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12982
12983 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12984 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12985 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12986 Commands:
12987 \\{help-mode-map}
12988
12989 \(fn)" t nil)
12990
12991 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12992 Not documented
12993
12994 \(fn)" nil nil)
12995
12996 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12997 Not documented
12998
12999 \(fn)" nil nil)
13000
13001 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13002 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13003
13004 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13005 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13006 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13007 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13008
13009 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13010 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13011 restore it properly when going back.
13012
13013 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13014
13015 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13016 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13017
13018 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13019 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13020 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13021 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13022 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13023 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13024 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13025 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13026
13027 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13028 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13029 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13030 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13031
13032 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13033 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13034 that.
13035
13036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13037
13038 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13039 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13040 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13041 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13042 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13043 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13044
13045 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13046
13047 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13048 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13049 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13050 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13051 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13052
13053 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13054
13055 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13056 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13057
13058 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13059
13060 ;;;***
13061 \f
13062 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13063 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17591 9619))
13064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13065
13066 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13067 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13068
13069 \(fn)" t nil)
13070
13071 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13072 Provide help for current mode.
13073
13074 \(fn)" t nil)
13075
13076 ;;;***
13077 \f
13078 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13079 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17591 9619))
13080 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13081
13082 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13083 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13084 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13085 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13086 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13087
13088 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13089 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13090
13091 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13092 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13093 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13094 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13095
13096 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13097 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13098 periods.
13099
13100 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13101 in hexl format.
13102
13103 A sample format:
13104
13105 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13106 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13107 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13108 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13109 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13110 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13111 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13112 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13113 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13114 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13115 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13116 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13117 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13118 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13119 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13120
13121 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
13122 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13123 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13124
13125 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13126 also supported.
13127
13128 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13129
13130 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13131 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13132 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13133
13134 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13135 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13136 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13137
13138 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13139 into the buffer at the current point.
13140
13141 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13142 into the buffer at the current point.
13143
13144 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13145 into the buffer at the current point.
13146
13147 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13148
13149 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13150 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13151
13152 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13153
13154 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13155
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157
13158 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13159 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13160 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13161 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13162
13163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13164
13165 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13166 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13167 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13168
13169 \(fn)" t nil)
13170
13171 ;;;***
13172 \f
13173 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13174 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13175 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13176 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13178
13179 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13180 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13181
13182 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13183 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13184 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13185 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13186 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13187 called interactively, are:
13188
13189 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13190 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13191
13192 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13193 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13194 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13195 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13196
13197 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13198 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13199
13200 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13201 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13202
13203 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13204 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13205 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13206 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13207 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13208 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13209
13210 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13211 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13212
13213 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13214 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13215 Hi-lock: FOO
13216 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13217 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13218 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13219 Patterns will be read until
13220 Hi-lock: end
13221 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13222
13223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13224
13225 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13226 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13227 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13229 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13230
13231 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13232
13233 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13234
13235 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13236 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13237 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13238 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13239 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13240
13241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13242
13243 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13244
13245 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13246 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13247
13248 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13249 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13250 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13251 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13252
13253 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13254
13255 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13256
13257 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13258 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13259
13260 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13261 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13262 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13263 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13264
13265 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13266
13267 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13268
13269 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13270 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13271
13272 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13273 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13274
13275 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13276
13277 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13278
13279 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13280 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13281
13282 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13283 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13284 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13285 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13286 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13287
13288 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13289
13290 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13291 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13292
13293 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13294 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13295 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13296
13297 \(fn)" t nil)
13298
13299 ;;;***
13300 \f
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13302 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17524 8597))
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13304
13305 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13306 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13307 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13308 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13309 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13310 how the hiding is done:
13311
13312 `hide-ifdef-env'
13313 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13314 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13315 is used.
13316
13317 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13318 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13319 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13320 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13321 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13322
13323 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13324 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13325 #endif lines when hiding.
13326
13327 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13328 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13329 is activated.
13330
13331 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13332 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13333 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13334
13335 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13336
13337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13338
13339 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13340 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13341
13342 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13343
13344 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13345 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13346
13347 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13348
13349 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13350 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13351
13352 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13353
13354 ;;;***
13355 \f
13356 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13357 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
13358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13359
13360 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13361 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13362 Each element has the form
13363 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13364
13365 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13366 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13367
13368 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13369 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13370
13371 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13372 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13373 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13374 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13375 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13376 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13377
13378 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13379 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13380
13381 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13382 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13383
13384 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13385 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13386 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13387
13388 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13389 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13390 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13391 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13392 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13393 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13394
13395 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13396 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13397 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13398
13399 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13400 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13401
13402 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13403
13404 Key bindings:
13405 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13406
13407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13408
13409 ;;;***
13410 \f
13411 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13412 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13413 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13414 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13415 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17390 27370))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13417
13418 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13419 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13420 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13421
13422 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13425 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13426
13427 Without an argument:
13428 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13429 or passive state as determined by the variable
13430 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13431 and passive state.
13432
13433 With an argument ARG:
13434 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13435 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13436 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13437
13438 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13439 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13440 not displayed in a different face.
13441
13442 Functions:
13443 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13444 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13445 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13446 buffer with the contents of a file
13447 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13448 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13449 various faces
13450
13451 Hook variables:
13452 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13453 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13454 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13455
13456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13457
13458 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13459 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13460
13461 \(fn)" t nil)
13462
13463 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13465
13466 \(fn)" t nil)
13467
13468 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13469 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13470
13471 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13472 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13473 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13474 shown in the last face in the list.
13475
13476 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13477 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13478 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13479
13480 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13481
13482 \(fn)" t nil)
13483
13484 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13485 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13486
13487 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13488
13489 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13490 to save the file.
13491
13492 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13493 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13494
13495 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13496 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13497 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13498
13499 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13500
13501 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13502 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13503
13504 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13505 this function is called interactively.
13506
13507 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13508 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13509 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13510
13511 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13512 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13513 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13514
13515 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13516
13517 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13518 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13519
13520 When called interactively:
13521 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13522 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13523 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13524 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13525
13526 When called from a program:
13527 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13528 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13529 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13530 - otherwise just turn it on
13531
13532 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13533 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13534 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13535 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13536
13537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13538
13539 ;;;***
13540 \f
13541 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13542 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13543 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13544 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13545 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17390 26939))
13546 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13547
13548 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13549 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13550 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13551 or insert functions in this list.")
13552
13553 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13554
13555 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13556 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13557
13558 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13559
13560 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13561 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13562
13563 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13564
13565 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13566 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13567
13568 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13569
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13571 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13572
13573 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13574
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13576 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13577 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13578
13579 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13580
13581 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13582 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13583 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13584 \(as atoms)")
13585
13586 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13587
13588 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13589 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13590 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13591 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13592 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13593
13594 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13595
13596 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13597 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13598 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13599 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13600 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13601 expansions.
13602 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13603 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13604 undoes the expansion.
13605
13606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13607
13608 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13609 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13610 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13611 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13612
13613 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13614
13615 ;;;***
13616 \f
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13618 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
13619 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13620
13621 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13622 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13623 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13624
13625 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13626 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13627 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13628 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13629 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13630
13631 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13632 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13633 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13634 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13635
13636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13637
13638 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13639 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13640 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13642 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13643
13644 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13645
13646 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13647
13648 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13649 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13650 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13651
13652 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13653 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13654
13655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13656
13657 ;;;***
13658 \f
13659 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13660 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13662
13663 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13664 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13665 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13666
13667 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13668
13669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13670
13671 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13672 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13673
13674 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13675 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13676 different list. For example,
13677
13678 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13679 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13680
13681 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13682 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13683
13684 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13685 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13686 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13687 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13688 of a holiday list.
13689
13690 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13691
13692 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13693
13694 ;;;***
13695 \f
13696 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13697 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17383 38806))
13698 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13699
13700 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13701 This function is obsolete.
13702 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13703 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13704
13705 \(fn)" nil nil)
13706
13707 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13708 This function is obsolete.
13709 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13710 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13711
13712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13713
13714 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13715 This function is obsolete.
13716 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13717 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13718
13719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13720
13721 ;;;***
13722 \f
13723 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17396
13724 ;;;;;; 42171))
13725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13726
13727 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13728 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13729
13730 \(fn)" t nil)
13731
13732 ;;;***
13733 \f
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13735 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13736 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13737 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13738 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13739 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13740 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13741 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13742 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13743 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13744 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13745 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13746 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13747 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17454 30832))
13757 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13758
13759 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13760 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13761 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13762
13763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13764
13765 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13766 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13767
13768 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13769
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13772
13773 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13774
13775 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13776 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13777
13778 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13779
13780 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13781 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13782
13783 \(fn)" t nil)
13784
13785 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13786 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13787
13788 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13789
13790 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13791 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13792
13793 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13794 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13795 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13796 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13797 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13798 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13799 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13800 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13801 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13802 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13803 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13804 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13805
13806 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13807 Not documented
13808
13809 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13810
13811 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13812 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13813
13814 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13815
13816 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13817 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13818
13819 \(fn)" t nil)
13820
13821 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13822 Remove the first filter group.
13823
13824 \(fn)" t nil)
13825
13826 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13827 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13828
13829 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13830
13831 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13832 Remove all filter groups.
13833
13834 \(fn)" t nil)
13835
13836 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13837 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13838
13839 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13840
13841 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13842 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13843 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13844
13845 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Kill the filter group at point.
13849 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13850
13851 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13852
13853 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13854 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13855
13856 \(fn)" t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13860
13861 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13864 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13865 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13866 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13867
13868 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13869
13870 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13871 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13872 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13873
13874 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13875
13876 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13877 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13878 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13879 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13880 of replacing the current filters.
13881
13882 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13885 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13886
13887 \(fn)" t nil)
13888
13889 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13890 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13891
13892 \(fn)" t nil)
13893
13894 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13895 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13896
13897 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13898 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13899 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13900
13901 \(fn)" t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13905
13906 \(fn)" t nil)
13907
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13910
13911 \(fn)" t nil)
13912
13913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13914 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13915 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13916 filter into parts.
13917
13918 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13919
13920 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13921 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13922 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13923
13924 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13925
13926 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13927 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13928
13929 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13933
13934 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13935
13936 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13937 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13938 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13939 of replacing the current filters.
13940
13941 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13950
13951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13953 Default sorting modes are:
13954 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13955 Name - the name of the buffer
13956 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13957 Size - the size of the buffer
13958
13959 \(fn)" t nil)
13960
13961 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13963
13964 \(fn)" t nil)
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13969
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13972
13973 \(fn)" t nil)
13974
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13977 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13978 for this Ibuffer session.
13979
13980 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13981
13982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13984 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13985 for this Ibuffer session.
13986
13987 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13988
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13991
13992 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13993 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13994
13995 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13996 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13997
13998 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13999
14000 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14002
14003 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14004 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14005
14006 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14007
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14010
14011 \(fn)" t nil)
14012
14013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14015
14016 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14017 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14018 hidden group filter, open it.
14019
14020 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14021 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14022 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14023
14024 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14028 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14029
14030 \(fn)" t nil)
14031
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14034
14035 The names are separated by a space.
14036 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14037
14038 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14039 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14040 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14041 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14042
14043 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14044
14045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14046
14047 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14049
14050 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14051
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14054
14055 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14056
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14059
14060 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14061
14062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14064
14065 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14066
14067 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Mark all modified buffers.
14069
14070 \(fn)" t nil)
14071
14072 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14073 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14074
14075 \(fn)" t nil)
14076
14077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14078 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14079
14080 \(fn)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14083 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14084
14085 \(fn)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14089
14090 \(fn)" t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14094
14095 \(fn)" t nil)
14096
14097 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14099
14100 \(fn)" t nil)
14101
14102 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14103 Mark all read-only buffers.
14104
14105 \(fn)" t nil)
14106
14107 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14108 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14109
14110 \(fn)" t nil)
14111
14112 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14113 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14114 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14115 defaults to one.
14116
14117 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14118
14119 ;;;***
14120 \f
14121 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14122 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17466
14123 ;;;;;; 28164))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14125
14126 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14127 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14128
14129 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14130 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14131 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14132
14133 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14134 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14135 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14136 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14137 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14138 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14139
14140 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14141 title of the column.
14142
14143 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14144 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14145 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14146 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14147 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14148
14149 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14150
14151 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14153 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14154 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14155 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14156
14157 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14158 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14159 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14160
14161 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14162
14163 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14164 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14165 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14166 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14167 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14168 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14169
14170 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14171 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14172 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14173 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14174 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14175 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14176 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14177 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14178 values are:
14179 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14180 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14181 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14182 buffer's modification flag.
14183 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14184 prompted before performing this operation.
14185 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14186 operation is complete, in the form:
14187 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14188 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14189 confirmation message, in the form:
14190 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14191 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14192 macro for exactly what it does.
14193
14194 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14195
14196 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14197 Define a filter named NAME.
14198 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14199 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14200 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14201
14202 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14203 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14204 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14205 bound to the current value of the filter.
14206
14207 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14208
14209 ;;;***
14210 \f
14211 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14212 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17591 9281))
14213 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14214
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14216 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14217 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14218 buffers which are visiting a file.
14219
14220 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14221
14222 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14223 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14224 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14225 buffers which are visiting a file.
14226
14227 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14228
14229 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14230 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14231 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14232
14233 All arguments are optional.
14234 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14235 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14236 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14237 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14238 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14239 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14240 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14241 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14242 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14243 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14244 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14245 that value locally in this buffer.
14246
14247 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14248
14249 ;;;***
14250 \f
14251 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14252 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14253 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17401 60141))
14254 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14255
14256 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14257 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14258 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14259 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14260
14261 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14264 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14265 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14266 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14267 ICAL-FILENAME.
14268 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14269 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14270 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14271
14272 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14275 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14276 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14277 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14278 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14279 non-marking or not.
14280
14281 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14282
14283 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14284 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14285
14286 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14287 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14288 DIARY-FILE.
14289
14290 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14291 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14292 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14293
14294 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14295 non-marking.
14296
14297 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14298 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14299 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14300
14301 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14302
14303 ;;;***
14304 \f
14305 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17401
14306 ;;;;;; 60148))
14307 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14308
14309 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14310 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14311 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14313 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14314
14315 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14316
14317 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14318
14319 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14320 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14321 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14322
14323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14324
14325 ;;;***
14326 \f
14327 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14329
14330 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14331 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14332 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14333 Tab indents for Icon code.
14334 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14336 \\{icon-mode-map}
14337 Variables controlling indentation style:
14338 icon-tab-always-indent
14339 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14340 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14341 icon-auto-newline
14342 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14343 inserted in Icon code.
14344 icon-indent-level
14345 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14346 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14347 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14348 icon-continued-statement-offset
14349 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14350 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14351 icon-continued-brace-offset
14352 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14353 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14354 icon-brace-offset
14355 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14356 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14357 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14358 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14359
14360 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14362
14363 \(fn)" t nil)
14364
14365 ;;;***
14366 \f
14367 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14368 ;;;;;; (17515 24857))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14370
14371 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14372 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14373 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14374 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14375
14376 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14377 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14378 separate frames.
14379
14380 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14381 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14382
14383 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14384 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14385 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14386
14387 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14388
14389 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14390
14391 ;;;***
14392 \f
14393 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14394 ;;;;;; (17515 24857))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14396
14397 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14398 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14399
14400 The main features of this mode are
14401
14402 1. Indentation and Formatting
14403 --------------------------
14404 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14405 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14406
14407 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14408 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14409 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14410 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14411
14412 Comments are indented as follows:
14413
14414 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14415 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14416 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14417
14418 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14419
14420 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14421 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14422 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14423 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14424 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14425 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14426
14427 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14428 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14429 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14430 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14431
14432 2. Routine Info
14433 ------------
14434 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14435 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14436 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14437 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14438 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14439 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14440 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14441 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14442 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14443 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14444
14445 3. Online IDL Help
14446 ---------------
14447
14448 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14449 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14450 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14451 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14452
14453 4. Completion
14454 ----------
14455 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14456 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14457 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14458 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14459 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14460 upper case.
14461
14462 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14463 --------------------------------
14464 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14465 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14466
14467 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14468 \\fu FUNCTION template
14469 \\c CASE statement template
14470 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14471 \\f FOR loop template
14472 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14473 \\w WHILE loop template
14474 \\i IF statement template
14475 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14476 \\b BEGIN
14477
14478 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14479 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14480
14481 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14482 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14483 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14484 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14485
14486 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14487 -------------------------
14488 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14489 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14490
14491 7. Automatic END completion
14492 ------------------------
14493 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14494 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14495
14496 8. Hooks
14497 -----
14498 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14499 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14500
14501 9. Documentation and Customization
14502 -------------------------------
14503 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14504 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14505 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14506 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14507 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14508
14509 10.Keybindings
14510 -----------
14511 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14512 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14513 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14514
14515 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14516
14517 \(fn)" t nil)
14518 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14519
14520 ;;;***
14521 \f
14522 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14523 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14524 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14525 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14526 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14527 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14528 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14529 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17591
14530 ;;;;;; 9719))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14532
14533 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14534 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14535 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14536 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14537 displaying...)
14538 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14539 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14540 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14541
14542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14543 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14544
14545 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14546
14547 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14548 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14549 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14550 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14551 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14552 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14553 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14554 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14555 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14556
14557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14558
14559 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14560 Switch to another buffer.
14561 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14562 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14563 in another frame.
14564
14565 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14566 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14567 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14568 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14569 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14570
14571 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14572 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14573
14574 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14575 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14576
14577 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14578 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14579 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14580 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14581 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14582 in a separate window.
14583 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14584 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14585 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14586 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14587 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14588 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14589 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14590 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14591 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14592
14593 \(fn)" t nil)
14594
14595 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14596 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14597 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14598 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14599
14600 \(fn)" t nil)
14601
14602 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14603 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14604 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14605 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14606
14607 \(fn)" t nil)
14608
14609 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14610 Kill a buffer.
14611 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14612 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14613
14614 \(fn)" t nil)
14615
14616 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14617 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14618 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14619 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14620
14621 \(fn)" t nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14624 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14625 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14626 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14627
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14629
14630 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14631 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14632
14633 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14634
14635 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14636 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14637 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14638 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14639 visible in another frame.
14640
14641 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14642 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14643 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14644 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14645 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14646 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14647
14648 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14649 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14650
14651 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14652 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14653
14654 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14655 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14656 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14657 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14658 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14659 in a separate window.
14660 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14661 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14662 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14663 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14664 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14665 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14666 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14667 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14669 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14670 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14671 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14672 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14673 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14675
14676 \(fn)" t nil)
14677
14678 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14679 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14680 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14682
14683 \(fn)" t nil)
14684
14685 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14686 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14687 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14689
14690 \(fn)" t nil)
14691
14692 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14693 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14694 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14696
14697 \(fn)" t nil)
14698
14699 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14700 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14701 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14703
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14705
14706 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14707 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14708 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14710
14711 \(fn)" t nil)
14712
14713 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14714 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14715 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14717
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14719
14720 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14721 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14722 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14728 Write current buffer to a file.
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14731
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14733
14734 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14735 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14738
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14742 Call dired the ido way.
14743 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14745
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14747
14748 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14749 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14750 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14751 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14752 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14753 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14754
14755 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14756
14757 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14758 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14759 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14760 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14761
14762 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14763
14764 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14765 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14766 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14767 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14768
14769 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14770
14771 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14772 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14773 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14774 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14775 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14776 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14777 with `completing-read'.
14778 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14779 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14780 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14781 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14782 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14783 with point positioned at the end.
14784 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14785 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14786
14787 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14788
14789 ;;;***
14790 \f
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17390 26940))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14793 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14794
14795 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14796 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14797 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14798
14799 \(fn)" t nil)
14800
14801 ;;;***
14802 \f
14803 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14804 ;;;;;; (17390 26940))
14805 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14806
14807 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14808 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14809
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14813 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14814
14815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14816
14817 ;;;***
14818 \f
14819 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14820 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14821 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14822 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14823 ;;;;;; (17490 7905))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14825
14826 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14827 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14828 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14829 be determined.
14830
14831 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14832
14833 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14834 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14835 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14836 be determined.
14837
14838 \(fn)" nil nil)
14839
14840 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14841 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14842 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14843 be determined.
14844
14845 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14846
14847 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14848 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14849 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14850 be determined.
14851
14852 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14853
14854 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14855 Determine and return image type.
14856 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14857 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14858 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14859 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14860 use its file extension as image type.
14861 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14862
14863 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14864
14865 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14866 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14867 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14868
14869 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14870
14871 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14872 Create an image.
14873 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14874 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14875 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14876 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14877 use its file extension as image type.
14878 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14879 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14880 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14881 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14882
14883 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14884
14885 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14886
14887 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14888 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14889 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14890 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14891 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14892 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14893 POS may be an integer or marker.
14894 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14895 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14896 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14897 means display it in the right marginal area.
14898
14899 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14900
14901 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14902 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14903 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14904 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14905 defaulted if you omit it.
14906 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14907 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14908 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14909 means display it in the right marginal area.
14910 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14911 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14912 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14913 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14914 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14915
14916 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14917
14918 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14919 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14920 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14921 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14922 defaulted if you omit it.
14923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14926 means display it in the right marginal area.
14927 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14928
14929 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14930
14931 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14932 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14933 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14934 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14935
14936 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14937
14938 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14939 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14940
14941 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14942
14943 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14944 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14945 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14946 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14947 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14948 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14949 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14950 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14951 satisfied.
14952
14953 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14954
14955 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14956
14957 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14958
14959 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14960 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14961
14962 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14963 documentation string.
14964
14965 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14966 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14967 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14968 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14969 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14970 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14971 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14972 define SYMBOL.
14973
14974 Example:
14975
14976 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14977 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14978
14979 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14980
14981 ;;;***
14982 \f
14983 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14984 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14985 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14987
14988 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14989 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14990 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14991 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14992
14993 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14994 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14995 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14996 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14997
14998 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14999
15000 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15001 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15002 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15003 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15004
15005 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15006 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15007 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15008 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15009
15010 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
15011
15012 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15013 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15014
15015 \(fn)" nil nil)
15016
15017 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15018 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15019 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15020 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15021
15022 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15023
15024 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15025 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15026 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15028 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15029
15030 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
15031
15032 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15033
15034 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15035 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15036 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15037 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15038
15039 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15040 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15041 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15042
15043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15044
15045 ;;;***
15046 \f
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15048 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17549 4607))
15049 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15050 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15051 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15052 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15053 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15054 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15055 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15056
15057 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15058 Major mode for image files.
15059 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15060 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15061
15062 \(fn)" t nil)
15063
15064 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15065 Toggle Image minor mode.
15066 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15067 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15068
15069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15070
15071 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15072 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15073 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15074 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15075 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15076 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15077
15078 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15079 information on these modes.
15080
15081 \(fn)" t nil)
15082
15083 ;;;***
15084 \f
15085 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15086 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17591 9619))
15087 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15088
15089 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15090 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15091
15092 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15093
15094 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15095 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15096 in the buffer.
15097
15098 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15099
15100 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15101 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15102 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15103
15104 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
15105
15106 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15107 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15108
15109 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15110 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15111 pattern's structure.
15112
15113 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15114 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15115 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15116 during matching.")
15117
15118 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15119
15120 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15121 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15122
15123 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15124 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15125 called within a `save-excursion'.
15126
15127 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15128
15129 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15130
15131 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15132 Function for finding the next index position.
15133
15134 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15135 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15136 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15137 file.
15138
15139 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15140 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15141
15142 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15143
15144 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15145 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15146
15147 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15148 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15149 It should return the name for that index item.")
15150
15151 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15152
15153 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15154 Function to compare string with index item.
15155
15156 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15157 non-nil if they match.
15158
15159 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15160 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15161 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15162 arguments match\".")
15163
15164 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15165
15166 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15167 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15168 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15169
15170 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15171
15172 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15173
15174 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15175
15176 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15177 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15178 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15179 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15180
15181 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15184 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15185
15186 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15187
15188 \(fn)" t nil)
15189
15190 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15191 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15192 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15193 for more information.
15194
15195 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15196
15197 ;;;***
15198 \f
15199 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15200 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15201 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17342 36796))
15202 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15203
15204 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15205 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15206
15207 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15208
15209 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15210 Not documented
15211
15212 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15213
15214 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15215 Not documented
15216
15217 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15218
15219 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15220 Not documented
15221
15222 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15223
15224 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15225 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15226 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15227 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15228 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15229
15230 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15231
15232 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15233 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15234 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15235 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15236 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15237
15238 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15239
15240 ;;;***
15241 \f
15242 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15243 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15244 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17549 4607))
15245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15246
15247 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15248 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15249 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15250 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15251 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15252
15253 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15254
15255 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15256 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15257
15258 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15259
15260 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15261 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15262 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15263 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15264 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15265 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15266 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15267 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15268
15269 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15270
15271 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15272 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15273 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15274 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15275 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15276
15277 This variable is only used if the variable
15278 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15279
15280 More precise choices:
15281 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15282 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15283 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15284
15285 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15286
15287 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15288
15289 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15290 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15291
15292 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15293 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15294 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15295 to that buffer.
15296 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15297 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15298 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15300
15301 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15302 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15303
15304 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15305
15306 ;;;***
15307 \f
15308 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15309 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15310 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15311 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17591 9719))
15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15313
15314 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15315 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15316
15317 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15318 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15319 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15320
15321 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15322 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15323 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15324 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15325 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15326 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15327 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15328 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15329 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15330 with the top-level Info directory.
15331
15332 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15333 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15334 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15335 appended to the Info buffer name.
15336
15337 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15338 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15339 in all the directories in that path.
15340
15341 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15342
15343 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15344 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15345
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15349 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15350 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15351 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15352
15353 \(fn)" nil nil)
15354
15355 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15356 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15357 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15358 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15359
15360 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15361
15362 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15363 Go to the Info directory node.
15364
15365 \(fn)" t nil)
15366
15367 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15368 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15369 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15370 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15371 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15372 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15373
15374 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15375
15376 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15377 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15378 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15379
15380 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15381
15382 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15383 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15384 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15385 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15386 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15387
15388 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15389 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15390
15391 Selecting other nodes:
15392 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15393 Follow a node reference you click on.
15394 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15395 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15396 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15397 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15398 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15399 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15400 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15401 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15402 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15403 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15404 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15405 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15406 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15407 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15408 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15409 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15410 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15411 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15412 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15413 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15414
15415 Moving within a node:
15416 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15417 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15418 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15419 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15420 move up to the parent node.
15421 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15422 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15423 if there is none.
15424 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15425
15426 Advanced commands:
15427 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15428 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15429 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15430 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15431 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15432 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15433 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15434 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15435 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15436 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15437 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15438 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15439 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15440 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15441 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15442 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15443
15444 \(fn)" nil nil)
15445 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15446
15447 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15448 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15449 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15450 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15451 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15452 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15453
15454 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15455 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15456
15457 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15458 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15459 KEY is a string.
15460 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15461 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15462 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15463 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15464
15465 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15466
15467 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15468 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15469 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15470
15471 \(fn)" t nil)
15472
15473 ;;;***
15474 \f
15475 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15476 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15477 ;;;;;; (17390 26940))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15479
15480 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15481 Throw away all cached data.
15482 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15483 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15484 system.
15485
15486 \(fn)" t nil)
15487 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15488
15489 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15490 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15491 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15492 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15493 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15494 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15495
15496 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15497
15498 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15499 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15500
15501 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15502 Display the documentation of a file.
15503 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15504 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15505 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15506 The default file name is the one found at point.
15507
15508 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15509
15510 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15511
15512 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15513 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15514
15515 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15516
15517 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15518 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15519
15520 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15521
15522 ;;;***
15523 \f
15524 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15525 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17524 8597))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15527
15528 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15529 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15530
15531 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15534 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15535 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15536
15537 \(fn)" t nil)
15538
15539 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15540 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15541 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15542
15543 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15544 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15545 quite a while.
15546
15547 \(fn)" t nil)
15548
15549 ;;;***
15550 \f
15551 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15552 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17390 26940))
15553 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15554
15555 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15556 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15557
15558 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15559
15560 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15561 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15562 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15563
15564 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15565 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15566 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15567
15568 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15569 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15570 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15571 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15572
15573 \(fn)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15576 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15577 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15578
15579 \(fn)" t nil)
15580
15581 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15582 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15583 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15584 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15585 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15586
15587 \(fn)" nil nil)
15588
15589 ;;;***
15590 \f
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15592 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15593 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
15594 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15595
15596 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15597 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15598
15599 \(fn)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15602 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15603
15604 \(fn)" t nil)
15605
15606 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15607 Not documented
15608
15609 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15610
15611 ;;;***
15612 \f
15613 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17390
15614 ;;;;;; 26940))
15615 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15616
15617 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15618 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15619 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15620 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15621 accessed via isearchb.
15622
15623 \(fn)" t nil)
15624
15625 ;;;***
15626 \f
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15628 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15629 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15630
15631 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15632 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15633 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15634 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15635 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15636 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15637
15638 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15639 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15640
15641 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15642 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15643 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15644 \"s gives German sharp s.
15645 /a gives a with ring.
15646 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15647 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15648 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15649 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15650
15651 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15652 and a negative argument disables it.
15653
15654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15655
15656 ;;;***
15657 \f
15658 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15659 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15660 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15661 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17279 27079))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15663
15664 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15665 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15666 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15667 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15668
15669 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15670
15671 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15672 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15673 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15674 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15675
15676 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15677
15678 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15679 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15680 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15681 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15682
15683 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15684
15685 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15686 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15687 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15688 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15689
15690 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15693 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15694 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15695 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15696
15697 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15698
15699 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15700 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15701 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15702 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15703
15704 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15705
15706 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15707 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15708 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15709 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15710
15711 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15712
15713 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15714 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15715 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15716 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15717
15718 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15719
15720 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15721 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15722 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15723 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15724
15725 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15726
15727 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15728 Warn that format is read-only.
15729
15730 \(fn)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15733 Warn that format is write-only.
15734
15735 \(fn)" t nil)
15736
15737 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15738 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15739
15740 \(fn)" t nil)
15741
15742 ;;;***
15743 \f
15744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15745 ;;;;;; (17279 27115))
15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15747 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15748 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15749 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15750
15751 ;;;***
15752 \f
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15754 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15755 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15756 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15757 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (17549 5052))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15760 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15761
15762 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15763 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15764 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15765 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15766
15767 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15768 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15769
15770 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15771 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15772 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15773
15774 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15775 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15776 re-start emacs.")
15777
15778 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15779
15780 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15781
15782 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15783
15784 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15785
15786 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15787
15788 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15789
15790 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15791
15792 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15793 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15794
15795 Each element of this list is also a list:
15796
15797 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15798 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15799
15800 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15801 nil means the default dictionary.
15802
15803 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15804 word.
15805
15806 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15807
15808 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15809 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15810 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15811 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15812 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15813 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15814 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15815 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15816 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15817
15818 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15819 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15820 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15821 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15822 for non-ASCII bytes.
15823
15824 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15825 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15826 single word.
15827
15828 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15829 subprocess.
15830
15831 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15832 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15833 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15834 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15835 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15836 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15837 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15838 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15839
15840 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15841
15842 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15843 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15844 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15845
15846 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15847 Key map for ispell menu.")
15848
15849 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15850 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15851 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15852 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15853
15854 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15855
15856 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15857
15858 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15859
15860 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15861
15862 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15863 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15864 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15865 Valid forms include:
15866 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15867 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15868 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15869 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15870
15871 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15872 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15873 First list is used raw.
15874 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15875
15876 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15877 for skipping in latex mode.")
15878
15879 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15880 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15881 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15882 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15883 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15884 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15885
15886 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15887 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15888 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15889 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15890
15891 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15892 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15893 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15894 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15895 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15896
15897 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15898 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15899
15900 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15901 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15902
15903 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15904 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15905
15906 return values:
15907 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15908 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15909 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15910 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15911 quit spell session exited.
15912
15913 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15914
15915 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15916 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15917 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15918
15919 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15920
15921 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15922 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15923
15924 Selections are:
15925
15926 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15927 SPC: Accept word this time.
15928 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15929 `a': Accept word for this session.
15930 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15931 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15932 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15933 `?': Show these commands.
15934 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15935 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15936 the aborted check to be completed later.
15937 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15938 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15939 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15940 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15941 `C-l': redraws screen
15942 `C-r': recursive edit
15943 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15944
15945 \(fn)" nil nil)
15946
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15948 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15949 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15950
15951 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15952
15953 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15954 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15955 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15956 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15957
15958 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15959
15960 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15963 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15964 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15965 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15966
15967 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15968
15969 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15970 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15971
15972 \(fn)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15975 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15976
15977 \(fn)" t nil)
15978
15979 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15980 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15981
15982 \(fn)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15985 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15986 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15987 sequence inside of a word.
15988
15989 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15990
15991 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15994 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15995
15996 \(fn)" t nil)
15997
15998 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15999 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16000 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16001 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16002
16003 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16004 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16005 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16006 available on the net.
16007
16008 \(fn)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16011 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16012 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16013
16014 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16015 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16016
16017 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16018 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16019
16020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16021
16022 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16023 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16024 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16025 Don't check included messages.
16026
16027 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16028 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16029 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16030
16031 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16032 in your .emacs file:
16033 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16034 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16035 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16036 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16037
16038 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16039 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16040 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16041
16042 \(fn)" t nil)
16043
16044 ;;;***
16045 \f
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
16047 ;;;;;; 26660))
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16049
16050 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16051 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16052 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16054 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16055
16056 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16057
16058 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16059
16060 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16061 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16062 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16063 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16064 `iswitchb' for details.
16065
16066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16067
16068 ;;;***
16069 \f
16070 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16071 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16072 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16073 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17279 27080))
16074 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16075
16076 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16077 Not documented
16078
16079 \(fn)" nil nil)
16080
16081 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16082 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16083 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16084 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16085 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16086 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16087 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16088 necessary to represent OBJ.
16089
16090 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16091
16092 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16093 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16094 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16095 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16096
16097 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16098
16099 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16100 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16101 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16102 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16103 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16104
16105 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16106
16107 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16108 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16109 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16110 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16111
16112 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16113
16114 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16115 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16116 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16117 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16118
16119 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16122 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16123
16124 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16127 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16128 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16129 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16130 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16131
16132 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16135 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16136 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16137 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16138 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16139
16140 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16141
16142 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16143 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16144 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16145
16146 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16147
16148 ;;;***
16149 \f
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16151 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17411 12435))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16153
16154 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16155 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16156 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16157 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16158
16159 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16160 Not documented
16161
16162 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16163
16164 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16165 Uninstall jka-compr.
16166 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16167 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16168 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16169
16170 \(fn)" nil nil)
16171
16172 ;;;***
16173 \f
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16175 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16176 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16178
16179 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16180 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16181 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16182 decimal key must be specified.")
16183
16184 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16185
16186 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16187 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16188 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16189 decimal key must be specified.")
16190
16191 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16192
16193 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16194 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16195 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16196 decimal key must be specified.")
16197
16198 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16199
16200 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16201 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16202 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16203 decimal key must be specified.")
16204
16205 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16206
16207 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16208 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16209 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16210 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16211 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16212 keys are bound.
16213
16214 Setup Binding
16215 -------------------------------------------------------------
16216 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16217 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16218 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16219 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16220 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16221 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16222 in the global and local keymaps.
16223
16224 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16225 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16226
16227 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16228
16229 ;;;***
16230 \f
16231 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16232 ;;;;;; (17307 17630))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16234
16235 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16236 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16237 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16238
16239 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16240 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16241 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16242 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16243 shorter.
16244
16245 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16246 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16247 the context of text formatting.
16248
16249 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16250
16251 ;;;***
16252 \f
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17279
16254 ;;;;;; 27079))
16255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16256
16257 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16258 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16259 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16260 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16261 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16262 positions that contains the current selection.")
16263
16264 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16265 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16266 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16267 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16268 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16269 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16270 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16271
16272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16273
16274 ;;;***
16275 \f
16276 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16277 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16278 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16279 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17505 62414))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16281 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16282 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16283 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16284 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16285 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16286 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16287 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16288
16289 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16290 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16291 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16292 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16293 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16294
16295 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16296
16297 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16298 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16299 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16300
16301 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16302 defining the macro.
16303
16304 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16305 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16306 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16307
16308 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16309 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16310
16311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16312
16313 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16314 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16315 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16316 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16317 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16318 under that name.
16319
16320 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16321 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16322 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16323
16324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16325
16326 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16327 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16328 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16329
16330 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16331 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16332 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16333 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16334
16335 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16336 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16337
16338 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16339
16340 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16341 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16342 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16343
16344 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16345 macro.
16346
16347 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16348 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16349
16350 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16351 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16352 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16353
16354 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16355 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16356
16357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16358
16359 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16360 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16361 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16362 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16363
16364 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16365
16366 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16367 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16368 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16369 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16370
16371 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16372 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16373
16374 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16377 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16378 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16379
16380 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16381
16382 ;;;***
16383 \f
16384 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16385 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16386 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16388
16389 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16390
16391 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16392 Not documented
16393
16394 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16395
16396 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16397 Not documented
16398
16399 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16400
16401 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16402 Not documented
16403
16404 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16405
16406 ;;;***
16407 \f
16408 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16409 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17279 27080))
16410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16411
16412 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16413 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16414 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16415
16416 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16417 Not documented
16418
16419 \(fn)" nil nil)
16420
16421 ;;;***
16422 \f
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16424 ;;;;;; (17591 9445))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16426
16427 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16428
16429 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16430 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16431
16432 \(fn)" t nil)
16433
16434 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16435
16436 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16437 Start or resume an Lm game.
16438 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16439 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16440
16441 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16442 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16443 none / 1 | yes | no
16444 2 | yes | yes
16445 3 | no | yes
16446 4 | no | no
16447
16448 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16449 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16450 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16451
16452 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16453
16454 ;;;***
16455 \f
16456 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16457 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16458 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17279
16459 ;;;;;; 27080))
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16461
16462 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16463 Not documented
16464
16465 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16466
16467 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16468 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16469 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16470 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16471 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16472 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16473
16474 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16475 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16476
16477 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16478
16479 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16480 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16481
16482 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16483
16484 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16485 Not documented
16486
16487 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16488
16489 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16490 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16491 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16492 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16493 to compose.
16494
16495 The return value is number of composed characters.
16496
16497 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16498
16499 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16500 Not documented
16501
16502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16503
16504 ;;;***
16505 \f
16506 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16507 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16508 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17374 21550))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16510
16511 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16512 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16513 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16514 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16515
16516 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16517
16518 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16519 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16520 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16521
16522 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16523
16524 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16525 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16526 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16527
16528 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16529
16530 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16531 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16532 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16533 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16534
16535 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16536
16537 ;;;***
16538 \f
16539 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16540 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17279 27079))
16541 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16542
16543 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16544 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16545 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16546 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16547 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16548 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16549 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16550 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16551
16552 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16553 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16554
16555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16556 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16557
16558 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16559
16560 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16561 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16562 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16563 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16564 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16565 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16566 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16567 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16568
16569 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16570
16571 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16572 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16573 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16574 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16575
16576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16577 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16578
16579 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16580
16581 ;;;***
16582 \f
16583 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16584 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16585 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16586
16587 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16588 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16589 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16590 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16591
16592 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16593
16594 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16595 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16596 JIT Lock's favor.
16597
16598 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16599
16600 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16601 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16602 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16603 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16604 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16605 for large buffers.
16606
16607 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16608 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16609 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16610 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16611 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16612
16613 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16614 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16615 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16616 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16617 slow to keep up with your typing.
16618
16619 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16620 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16621 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16622 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16623 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16624 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16625
16626 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16627 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16628 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16629 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16630
16631 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16632 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16633 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16634 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16635
16636 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16637 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16638 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16639 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16640 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16641
16642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16643
16644 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16645 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16646
16647 \(fn)" nil nil)
16648
16649 ;;;***
16650 \f
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16652 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
16653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16654
16655 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16656
16657 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16658
16659 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16660 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16661
16662 \(fn)" t nil)
16663
16664 ;;;***
16665 \f
16666 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16667 ;;;;;; (17390 26941))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16669
16670 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16671 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16672
16673 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16674 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16675
16676 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16677 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16678
16679 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16680 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16681 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16682 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16683 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16684 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16685 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16686 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16687 and transmit saved text.
16688 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16689 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16690 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16691
16692 \(fn)" t nil)
16693
16694 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16695 Not documented
16696
16697 \(fn)" nil nil)
16698
16699 ;;;***
16700 \f
16701 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17383 38807))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16703
16704 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16705 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16706 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16707 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16708 generations (this defaults to 1).
16709
16710 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16711
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17469
16715 ;;;;;; 12066))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16717
16718 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16719 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16720 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16721 is nil, raise an error.
16722
16723 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16724 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16725 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16726 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16727 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16728 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16729 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16730 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16731 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16732
16733 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16734
16735 ;;;***
16736 \f
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16738 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17591 9293))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16740
16741 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16742 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16743 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16744
16745 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16746
16747 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16748 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16749 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16750 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16751
16752 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16753 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16754 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16755 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16756 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16757 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16758 the version.)
16759
16760 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16761 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16762
16763 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16764 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16765
16766 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16767
16768 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16769 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16770 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16771 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16772 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16773 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16774 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16775 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16776 to constrain a big search.
16777
16778 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16779 except that FILTER is not optional.
16780
16781 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16782
16783 ;;;***
16784 \f
16785 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17496 38723))
16786 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16787
16788 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16789 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16790 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16791 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16792 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16793 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16794 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16795 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16796 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16797 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16798 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16799 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16800 uses the current buffer.
16801
16802 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16803
16804 ;;;***
16805 \f
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17496
16807 ;;;;;; 38723))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16809
16810 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16811 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16812
16813 \(fn)" t nil)
16814
16815 ;;;***
16816 \f
16817 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17591
16818 ;;;;;; 9876))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16820
16821 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16822 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16823 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16824 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16825 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16826
16827 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16828 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16829 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16830
16831 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16832 are indicated with a symbol.
16833
16834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16835
16836 ;;;***
16837 \f
16838 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16839 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17390
16840 ;;;;;; 26942))
16841 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16842
16843 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16844
16845 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16846
16847 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16848 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16849 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16850
16851 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16852 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16853
16854 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16855 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16856 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16857 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16858 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16859 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16860 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16861
16862 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16863
16864 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16865 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16866 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16867 switch on this list.
16868 See `lpr-command'.")
16869
16870 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16871
16872 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16873 *Name of program for printing a file.
16874
16875 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16876 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16877 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16878 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16879 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16880 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16881 argument.")
16882
16883 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16884
16885 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16886 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16887 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16888 for customization of the printer command.
16889
16890 \(fn)" t nil)
16891
16892 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16893 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16894
16895 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16896 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16897 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16898 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16899
16900 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16901 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16902
16903 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16904 for further customization of the printer command.
16905
16906 \(fn)" t nil)
16907
16908 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16909 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16910 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16911 for customization of the printer command.
16912
16913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16914
16915 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16916 Paginate and print the region contents.
16917
16918 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16919 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16920 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16921 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16922
16923 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16924 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16925
16926 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16927 for further customization of the printer command.
16928
16929 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16930
16931 ;;;***
16932 \f
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16934 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16936
16937 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16938 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16939 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16940
16941 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16942
16943 ;;;***
16944 \f
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
16946 ;;;;;; 27324))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16948
16949 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16950 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16951 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16952
16953 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16954
16955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16956
16957 ;;;***
16958 \f
16959 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
16960 ;;;;;; 27408))
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16962
16963 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16964 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16965 \\{m4-mode-map}
16966
16967 \(fn)" t nil)
16968
16969 ;;;***
16970 \f
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16972 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16974
16975 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16976 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16977 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16978 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16979 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16980
16981 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16982
16983 ;;;***
16984 \f
16985 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16986 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17390 26942))
16987 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16988
16989 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16990 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16991 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16992 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16993 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16994
16995 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16996
16997 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16998 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16999 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17000 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17001
17002 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17003 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17004 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17005 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17006 bindings.
17007
17008 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17009 use this command, and then save the file.
17010
17011 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17012
17013 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17014 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17015 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17016 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17017 each time the macro executes.
17018 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17019 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17020 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17021 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17022 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17023 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17024 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17025
17026 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17027
17028 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17029 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17030 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17031 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17032
17033 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17034 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17035 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17036 execute.
17037
17038 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17039 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17040
17041 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17042 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17043 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17044 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17045 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17046
17047 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17048 looked like this:
17049
17050 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17051 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17052 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17053
17054 You could enter the names in this format:
17055
17056 foo
17057 bar
17058 baz
17059
17060 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17061
17062 \\C-x (
17063 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17064 \\C-x )
17065
17066 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17067 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17068
17069 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17070 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17071
17072 ;;;***
17073 \f
17074 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17075 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17077
17078 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17079 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17080 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17081 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17082 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17083 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17084
17085 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17086 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17087 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17088 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17089 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17090
17091 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17092 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17093 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17094 consing a string.)
17095
17096 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17097
17098 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17099 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17100
17101 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17102
17103 ;;;***
17104 \f
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17106 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17107 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17109
17110 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17111 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17112
17113 \(fn)" nil nil)
17114
17115 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17116 Not documented
17117
17118 \(fn)" nil nil)
17119
17120 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17121 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17122
17123 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
17124
17125 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17126 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17127 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17128 message.
17129
17130 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17131
17132 \(fn)" nil nil)
17133
17134 ;;;***
17135 \f
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17137 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17138 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
17139 ;;;;;; 26942))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17141
17142 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17143 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17144 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17145 often correct parser.")
17146
17147 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17148
17149 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17150 Not documented
17151
17152 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17153
17154 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17155 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17156 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17157 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17158
17159 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17160
17161 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17162 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17163 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17164 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17165
17166 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17167
17168 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17169 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17170 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17171 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17172 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17173 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17174 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17175 as Rmail does.
17176
17177 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17178
17179 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17180 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17181 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17182 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17183 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17184 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17185
17186 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17187
17188 ;;;***
17189 \f
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17191 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17390 26942))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17193
17194 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17195 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17196
17197 \(fn)" nil nil)
17198
17199 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17200 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17201 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17202
17203 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17204
17205 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17206 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17207 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17208
17209 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17210
17211 ;;;***
17212 \f
17213 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17214 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17390
17215 ;;;;;; 26942))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17217
17218 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17219 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17220 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17221 king@grassland.com
17222 If `parens', they look like:
17223 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17224 If `angles', they look like:
17225 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17226
17227 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
17228
17229 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17230 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17231 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17232 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17233 their `Resent-' variants.
17234
17235 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17236 removed from alias expansions.
17237
17238 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17239
17240 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17241 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17242 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17243
17244 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17245 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17246 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17247 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17248
17249 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17250
17251 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17252 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17253 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17254 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17255
17256 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17257
17258 ;;;***
17259 \f
17260 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17261 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17263
17264 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17265 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17266 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17267 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17268
17269 \(fn)" nil nil)
17270
17271 ;;;***
17272 \f
17273 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17274 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17275 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17591 9293))
17276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17277
17278 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17279 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17280
17281 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17282 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17283 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17284 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17285 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17286 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17287
17288 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17289 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17290 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17291 dependency, despite the colon.
17292
17293 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17294
17295 In the browser, use the following keys:
17296
17297 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17298
17299 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17300
17301 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17302 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17303
17304 `makefile-target-colon':
17305 The string that gets appended to all target names
17306 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17307 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17308
17309 `makefile-macro-assign':
17310 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17311 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17312 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17313 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17314 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17315 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17316
17317 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17318 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17319 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17320
17321 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17322 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17323
17324 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17325 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17326 up or down in the browser.
17327
17328 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17329 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17330
17331 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17332 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17333
17334 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17335 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17336 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17337 has been selected in the browser.
17338
17339 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17340 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17341 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17342 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17343 filenames are omitted.
17344
17345 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17346 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17347 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17348 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17349 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17350 the backslash itself intact.
17351 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17352 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17353
17354 `makefile-browser-hook':
17355 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17356 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17357
17358 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17359 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17360 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17361 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17362
17363 \(fn)" t nil)
17364
17365 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17366 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17367
17368 \(fn)" t nil)
17369
17370 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17371 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17372
17373 \(fn)" t nil)
17374
17375 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17376 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17377
17378 \(fn)" t nil)
17379
17380 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17381 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17382
17383 \(fn)" t nil)
17384
17385 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17386 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17387
17388 \(fn)" t nil)
17389
17390 ;;;***
17391 \f
17392 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17390
17393 ;;;;;; 26943))
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17395
17396 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17397 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17398 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17399
17400 \(fn)" t nil)
17401
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17466 28474))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17406
17407 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17408
17409 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17410 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17411 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17412 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17413 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17414 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17415 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17416
17417 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17418 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17419 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17420 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17421
17422 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17423
17424 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17425 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17426
17427 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17428
17429 ;;;***
17430 \f
17431 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17279 27123))
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17433
17434 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17435 Toggle Master mode.
17436 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17437 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17438 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17439
17440 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17441 following commands:
17442
17443 \\{master-mode-map}
17444
17445 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17446 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17447 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17448
17449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17450
17451 ;;;***
17452 \f
17453 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17549
17454 ;;;;;; 4607))
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17456
17457 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17458
17459 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17460 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17461 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17463 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17464
17465 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17466
17467 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17468 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17469 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17470 created in the future.
17471 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17472 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17473
17474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17475
17476 ;;;***
17477 \f
17478 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17479 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17480 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17481 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17482 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17483 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17484 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17485 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17486 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17487 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17488 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17569 17789))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17490
17491 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17492 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17493
17494 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17495 king@grassland.com
17496 If `parens', they look like:
17497 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17498 If `angles', they look like:
17499 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17500
17501 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17502 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17503
17504 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17505
17506 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17507 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17508
17509 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17510
17511 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17512 *Local news organization file.")
17513
17514 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17515
17516 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17517 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17518 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17519 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17520
17521 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17522 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17523 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17524
17525 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17526
17527 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17528
17529 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17530 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17531
17532 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17533 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17534 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17535 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17536
17537 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17538
17539 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17540 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17541 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17542 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17543
17544 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17545
17546 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17547 *Function for citing an original message.
17548 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17549 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17550 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17551
17552 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17553
17554 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17555 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17556 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17557 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17558 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17559
17560 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17561
17562 (defvar message-signature t "\
17563 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17564 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17565 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17566 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17567
17568 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17569
17570 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17571 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17572 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17573 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17574
17575 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17576
17577 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17578 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17579
17580 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17581
17582 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17583
17584 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17585 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17586 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17587 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17588 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17589 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17590 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17591 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17592 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17593 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17594 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17595 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17596 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17597 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17598 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17599 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17600 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17601 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17602 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17603 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17604 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17605 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17606 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17607 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17608 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17609 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17610 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17611 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17612 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17613 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17614 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17615 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17616 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17617 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17618 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17619 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17620 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17621
17622 \(fn)" t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17625 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17626 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17627
17628 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17629
17630 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17631 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17632
17633 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17634
17635 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17636 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17637
17638 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17639
17640 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17641 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17642
17643 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17644
17645 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17646 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17647 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17648
17649 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17650
17651 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17652 Cancel an article you posted.
17653 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17654
17655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17656
17657 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17658 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17659 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17660 header line with the old Message-ID.
17661
17662 \(fn)" t nil)
17663
17664 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17665 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17666
17667 \(fn)" t nil)
17668
17669 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17670 Forward the current message via mail.
17671 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17672 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17673
17674 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17675
17676 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17677 Not documented
17678
17679 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17680
17681 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17682 Not documented
17683
17684 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17685
17686 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17687 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17688
17689 \(fn)" t nil)
17690
17691 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17692 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17693
17694 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17695
17696 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17697 Re-mail the current message.
17698 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17699 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17700 you.
17701
17702 \(fn)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17705 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17706
17707 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17710 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17711
17712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17713
17714 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17715 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17716
17717 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17718
17719 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17720 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17721
17722 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17723
17724 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17725 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17726 Works by overstriking characters.
17727 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17728 which specify the range to operate on.
17729
17730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17731
17732 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17733 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17734 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17735 which specify the range to operate on.
17736
17737 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17738
17739 ;;;***
17740 \f
17741 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17742 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17744
17745 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17746 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17747 Special commands:
17748 \\{meta-mode-map}
17749
17750 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17751 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17752
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17754
17755 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17756 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17757 Special commands:
17758 \\{meta-mode-map}
17759
17760 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17761 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17762
17763 \(fn)" t nil)
17764
17765 ;;;***
17766 \f
17767 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17768 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17769 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17771
17772 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17773 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17774 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17775
17776 \(fn)" t nil)
17777
17778 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17779 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17780 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17781 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17782 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17783 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17784 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17785
17786 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17789 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17790 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17791 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17792 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17793 means current).
17794 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17795 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17800 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17801 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17802 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17803 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17804 means current).
17805 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17806 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17807
17808 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17809
17810 ;;;***
17811 \f
17812 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17813 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17814 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17569 17774))
17815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17816
17817 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17818 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17819 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17820
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17824 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17825 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17826
17827 \(fn)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17830 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17831
17832 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17833 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17834 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17835
17836 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17837 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17838
17839 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17840 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17841
17842 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17843
17844 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17845
17846 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17847 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17848 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17849 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17850 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17851 as `compose-mail'.
17852
17853 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17854 initial Subject field, respectively.
17855
17856 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17857 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17858 are strings.
17859
17860 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17861 ignored.
17862
17863 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17864
17865 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17866 Save draft and send message.
17867
17868 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17869 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17870 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17871 Mail Delivery*\".
17872
17873 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17874 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17875 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17876
17877 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17878 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17879 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17880 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17881 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17882 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17883
17884 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17885 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17886
17887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17890 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17891
17892 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17893 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17894 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17895 delete the draft message.
17896
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17898
17899 ;;;***
17900 \f
17901 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17591 9293))
17902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17903
17904 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17905
17906 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17907
17908 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17909
17910 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17911 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17912
17913 \(fn)" t nil)
17914
17915 ;;;***
17916 \f
17917 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17490 7902))
17919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17920
17921 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17922 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17923 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17924
17925 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17926 the MH mail system.
17927
17928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17929
17930 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17931 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17932 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17933
17934 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17935 the MH mail system.
17936
17937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17938
17939 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17940 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17941
17942 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17943 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17944 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17945 separate command.
17946
17947 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17948 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17949 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17950 format.
17951
17952 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17953
17954 Ranges
17955 ======
17956 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17957 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17958 can be used in several ways.
17959
17960 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17961 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17962 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17963 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17964 page):
17965
17966 <num1>-<num2>
17967 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17968 The range must be nonempty.
17969
17970 <num>:N
17971 <num>:+N
17972 <num>:-N
17973 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17974 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17975 last.
17976
17977 first:N
17978 prev:N
17979 next:N
17980 last:N
17981 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17982
17983 all
17984 All of the messages.
17985
17986 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17987 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17988
17989 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17990 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17991 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17992
17993 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17994
17995 \(fn)" t nil)
17996
17997 ;;;***
17998 \f
17999 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18000 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17418 6752))
18001 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18002
18003 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18004 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18005 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18006 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18007 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18008 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18009 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18010 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18011 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18012 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18013 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18014
18015 \(fn)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18018 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18019 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18020 to its second argument TM.
18021
18022 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18023
18024 ;;;***
18025 \f
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18027 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18029
18030 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18031 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18032 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18034 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18035
18036 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18037
18038 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18039
18040 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18041 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18042 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18043 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18044 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18045 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18046 default indication.
18047
18048 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18049 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18050
18051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18052
18053 ;;;***
18054 \f
18055 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18056 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18058
18059 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18060 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18061 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18062
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18064
18065 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18066
18067 ;;;***
18068 \f
18069 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18070 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18071 ;;;;;; (17342 36796))
18072 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18073
18074 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18075 Not documented
18076
18077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18078
18079 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18080 Not documented
18081
18082 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18083
18084 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18085 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18086 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18087 PATTERN regexp.
18088
18089 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18090
18091 ;;;***
18092 \f
18093 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18094 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17469 13462))
18095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18096
18097 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18098 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18099
18100 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18101
18102 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18103 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18104 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18105 the entire message.
18106 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18107
18108 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18109
18110 ;;;***
18111 \f
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18113 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18115
18116 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18117 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18118 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18119 the entire message.
18120 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18121
18122 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18123
18124 ;;;***
18125 \f
18126 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18127 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17383 38805))
18128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18129
18130 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18131 Insert file contents of URL.
18132 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18133
18134 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18135
18136 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18137 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18138
18139 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18140
18141 ;;;***
18142 \f
18143 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18144 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17496 39167))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18146
18147 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18148 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18149 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18150 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18151 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18152
18153 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18154
18155 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18156 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18157 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18158
18159 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18160
18161 ;;;***
18162 \f
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18164 ;;;;;; (17496 38719))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18166
18167 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18168 Not documented
18169
18170 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18171
18172 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18173 Not documented
18174
18175 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18176
18177 ;;;***
18178 \f
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18180 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18181 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17496 39167))
18182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18183
18184 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18185 Not documented
18186
18187 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18188
18189 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18190 Not documented
18191
18192 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18193
18194 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18195 Not documented
18196
18197 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18198
18199 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18200 Not documented
18201
18202 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18203
18204 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18205 Not documented
18206
18207 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18208
18209 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18210 Not documented
18211
18212 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18213
18214 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18215 Not documented
18216
18217 \(fn)" nil nil)
18218
18219 ;;;***
18220 \f
18221 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18222 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18224
18225 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18226 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18227 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18228 followed by the first character of the construct.
18229 \\<m2-mode-map>
18230 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18231 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18232 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18233 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18234 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18235 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18236 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18237 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18238 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18239 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18240 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18241 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18242 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18243 \\[m2-link] link
18244
18245 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18246 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18247 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18248
18249 \(fn)" t nil)
18250
18251 ;;;***
18252 \f
18253 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18254 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
18255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18256
18257 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18258 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18259
18260 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18261
18262 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18263 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18264
18265 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18266
18267 ;;;***
18268 \f
18269 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17390
18270 ;;;;;; 26943))
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18272
18273 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18274 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18275 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18277 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18278
18279 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18280
18281 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18282
18283 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18284 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18285 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18286 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18287
18288 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18289
18290 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18291
18292 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18293
18294 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18295 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18296 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18297 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18298 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18299 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18300
18301 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18302 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18303 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18304 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18305 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18306
18307 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18308 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18309
18310 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18311 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18312
18313 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18314
18315 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18316 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18317 primary selection and region.
18318
18319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18320
18321 ;;;***
18322 \f
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17383 38807))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18325
18326 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18327 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18328
18329 \(fn)" t nil)
18330
18331 ;;;***
18332 \f
18333 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17569 17797))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18335
18336 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18337 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18338 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18340 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18341
18342 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18343
18344 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18345 Toggle Msb mode.
18346 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18347 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18348 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18349
18350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18351
18352 ;;;***
18353 \f
18354 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18355 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18356 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18357 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18358 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18359 ;;;;;; (17279 27171))
18360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18361
18362 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18363 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18364 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18365 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18366 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18367 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18368 set of ISO charsets.
18369
18370 Each element has the following format:
18371 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18372
18373 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18374
18375 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18376 CHARSET are mapped.
18377
18378 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18379 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18380 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18381 character code in CHARSET.
18382
18383 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18384 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18385 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18386 or
18387 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18388 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18389 TO2, or...
18390 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18391 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18392
18393 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18394 Display a list of all character sets.
18395
18396 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18397 internal Emacs use.
18398
18399 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18400 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18401 hexadecimal digits.
18402 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18403 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18404
18405 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18406 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18407 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18408 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18409
18410 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18411 but still shows the full information.
18412
18413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18414
18415 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18416 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18417 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18418 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18419 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18420
18421 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18422 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18423 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18424 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18425 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18426
18427 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18430 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18431 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18432 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18433 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18434
18435 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18436
18437 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18438 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18439
18440 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18441
18442 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18443 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18444
18445 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18446
18447 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18448 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18449
18450 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18451 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18452 in place of `..':
18453 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18454 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18455 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18456 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18457 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18458 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18459 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18460 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18461 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18462 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18463 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18464 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18465 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18466 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18467 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18468 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18469
18470 \(fn)" t nil)
18471
18472 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18473 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18474
18475 \(fn)" t nil)
18476
18477 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18478 Display a list of all coding systems.
18479 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18480
18481 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18482 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18483
18484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18485
18486 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18487 Display a list of all coding categories.
18488
18489 \(fn)" nil nil)
18490
18491 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18492 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18493
18494 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18495
18496 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18497 Display information about FONTSET.
18498 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18499
18500 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18501
18502 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18503 Display a list of all fontsets.
18504 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18505 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18506 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18507
18508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18509
18510 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18511 Display information about all input methods.
18512
18513 \(fn)" t nil)
18514
18515 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18516 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18517
18518 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18519 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18520 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18521 system which uses fontsets).
18522
18523 \(fn)" t nil)
18524
18525 ;;;***
18526 \f
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18528 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18529 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18530 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18531 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18532 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17279 27079))
18533 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18534
18535 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18536 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18537 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18538
18539 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18540
18541 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18542
18543 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18544 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18545
18546 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18547 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18548
18549 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18550 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18551
18552 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18553
18554 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18555 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18556 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18557 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18558 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18559 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18560 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18561
18562 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18563 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18564 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18565 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18566 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18567 middle of a character in STR.
18568
18569 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18570 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18571
18572 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18573 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18574 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18575 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18576 defaults to \"...\".
18577
18578 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18579
18580 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18581 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18582
18583 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18584 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18585 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18586
18587 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18588 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18589 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18590
18591 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18592 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18593 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18594 is considered.
18595 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18596 longer than KEYSEQ.
18597 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18598
18599 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18600
18601 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18602 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18603 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18604 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18605 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18606 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18607 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18608 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18609 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18610 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18611 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18612
18613 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18614
18615 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18616 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18617
18618 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18619
18620 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18621 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18622
18623 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18624
18625 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18626 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18627
18628 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18629
18630 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18631 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18632
18633 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18636 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18637 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18638 coding systems ordered by priority.
18639
18640 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18641
18642 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18643 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18644 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18645 language environment LANG-ENV.
18646
18647 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18648
18649 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18650 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18651 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18652 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18653 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18654 basis, this may not be accurate.
18655
18656 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18657
18658 ;;;***
18659 \f
18660 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18661 ;;;;;; (17505 62425))
18662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18663
18664 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18665 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18666 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18668 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18669
18670 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18671
18672 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18673 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18674 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18675 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18676
18677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18678
18679 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18680 Enable mouse wheel support.
18681
18682 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18683
18684 ;;;***
18685 \f
18686 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18687 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18688 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18689 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18691
18692 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18693 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18694
18695 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18696
18697 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18698 Ping HOST.
18699 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18700 `ping-program-options'.
18701
18702 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18703
18704 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18705 Run ipconfig program.
18706
18707 \(fn)" t nil)
18708
18709 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18710
18711 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18712 Run netstat program.
18713
18714 \(fn)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18717 Run the arp program.
18718
18719 \(fn)" t nil)
18720
18721 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18722 Run the route program.
18723
18724 \(fn)" t nil)
18725
18726 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18727 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18728
18729 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18730
18731 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18732 Run nslookup program.
18733
18734 \(fn)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18737 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18738
18739 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18740
18741 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18742 Run dig program.
18743
18744 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18745
18746 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18747 Run ftp program.
18748
18749 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18750
18751 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18752 Finger USER on HOST.
18753
18754 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18755
18756 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18757 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18758 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18759 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18760
18761 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18762
18763 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18764 Not documented
18765
18766 \(fn)" t nil)
18767
18768 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18769 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18770
18771 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18772
18773 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18774 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18775
18776 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18777
18778 ;;;***
18779 \f
18780 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18781 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18782 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18783 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18784 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18785 ;;;;;; (17515 24859))
18786 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18787
18788 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18789
18790 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18791
18792 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18793
18794 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18795
18796 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18797 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18798 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18799 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18800 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18801 Major modes should set this variable.")
18802
18803 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18804 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18805 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18806 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18807 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18808 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18809
18810 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18811 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18812
18813 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18814 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18815 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18816
18817 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18818 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18819 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18820 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18821 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18822
18823 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18824 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18825 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18826
18827 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18828 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18829 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18830 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18831
18832 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18833 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18834 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18835 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18836 column indentation or nil.
18837 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18838
18839 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18840 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18841 The function has no args.
18842
18843 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18844 comments always start in column zero.")
18845
18846 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18847 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18848 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18849
18850 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18851
18852 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18853 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18854 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18855 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18856
18857 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18858 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18859
18860 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18861
18862 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18863 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18864 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18865 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18866 customize this variable.
18867
18868 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18869 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18870
18871 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18872
18873 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18874 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18875 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18876 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18877 the variables are properly set.
18878
18879 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18880
18881 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18882 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18883
18884 \(fn)" nil nil)
18885
18886 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18887 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18888 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18889
18890 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18891
18892 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18893 Set the comment column based on point.
18894 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18895 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18896 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18897 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18898
18899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18902 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18903 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18904
18905 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18908 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18909 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18910 comment markers.
18911
18912 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18915 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18916 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18917 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18918 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18919 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18920 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18921 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18922
18923 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18924 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18925
18926 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18927
18928 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18929 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18930 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18931 is passed on to the respective function.
18932
18933 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18936 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18937 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18938 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18939 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18940 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18941 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18942 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18943 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18944
18945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18946
18947 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18948 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18949 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18950
18951 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18952
18953 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18954 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18955 This indents the body of the continued comment
18956 under the previous comment line.
18957
18958 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18959 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18960 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18961
18962 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18963 or comment indentation.
18964
18965 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18966 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18967
18968 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18969
18970 ;;;***
18971 \f
18972 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18973 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18974 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
18975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18976
18977 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18978 Check whether newsticker is running.
18979 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18980 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18981
18982 \(fn)" nil nil)
18983
18984 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18985 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18986 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18987 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18988 empty.
18989
18990 \(fn)" nil nil)
18991
18992 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18993 Start the newsticker.
18994 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18995 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18996 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18997 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18998
18999 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19002 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19003 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19004 running already.
19005
19006 \(fn)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19009 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 ;;;***
19014 \f
19015 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19016 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19018
19019 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19020 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19021
19022 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19023
19024 ;;;***
19025 \f
19026 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19027 ;;;;;; 38805))
19028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19029
19030 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19031 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19032 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19033 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19034 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19035 symbol in the alist.
19036
19037 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19038
19039 ;;;***
19040 \f
19041 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19042 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
19043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19044
19045 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19046 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19047 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19048
19049 \(fn)" t nil)
19050
19051 ;;;***
19052 \f
19053 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19054 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19056
19057 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19058 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19059 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19060
19061 \(fn)" t nil)
19062
19063 ;;;***
19064 \f
19065 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19066 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19068
19069 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19070 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19071
19072 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19073
19074 ;;;***
19075 \f
19076 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19077 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17383 38805))
19078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19079
19080 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19081 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19082
19083 \(fn)" t nil)
19084
19085 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19086 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19087
19088 \(fn)" t nil)
19089
19090 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19091 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19092
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19094
19095 ;;;***
19096 \f
19097 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19098 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17390 26944))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19100
19101 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19102 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19103 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19104
19105 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19106
19107 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19108 Not documented
19109
19110 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19111
19112 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19113 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19114 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19115 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19116 to future sessions.
19117
19118 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19119
19120 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19121 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19122 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19123 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19124 to future sessions.
19125
19126 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19127
19128 ;;;***
19129 \f
19130 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19131 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19133
19134 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19135 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19136 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19137 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19138 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19139 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19140
19141 \(fn)" t nil)
19142
19143 ;;;***
19144 \f
19145 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19146 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19148
19149 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19150 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19151 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19152 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19153 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19154
19155 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19156
19157 ;;;***
19158 \f
19159 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19160 ;;;;;; (17591 9570))
19161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19162
19163 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19164 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19165 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19166
19167 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19168
19169 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19170 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19171
19172 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19173 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19174 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19175
19176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19177
19178 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19179
19180 ;;;***
19181 \f
19182 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19183 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19185
19186 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19187 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19188
19189 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19190 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19191 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19192 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19193
19194 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19195 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19196 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19197 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19198 is why you need this mode!).
19199
19200 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19201 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19202 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19203
19204 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19205
19206 Keybindings
19207 ===========
19208
19209 \\{octave-mode-map}
19210
19211 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19212 ==============================================
19213
19214 octave-auto-indent
19215 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19216 Default is nil.
19217
19218 octave-auto-newline
19219 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19220 Default is nil.
19221
19222 octave-blink-matching-block
19223 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19224 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19225
19226 octave-block-offset
19227 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19228 Default is 2.
19229
19230 octave-continuation-offset
19231 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19232 Default is 4.
19233
19234 octave-continuation-string
19235 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19236 Default is a backslash.
19237
19238 octave-mode-startup-message
19239 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19240 Default is t.
19241
19242 octave-send-echo-input
19243 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19244 command to the inferior Octave process.
19245
19246 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19247 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19248 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19249
19250 octave-send-echo-input
19251 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19252
19253 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19254
19255 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19256 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19257
19258 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19259 (setq auto-mode-alist
19260 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19261
19262 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19263 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19264
19265 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19266 (lambda ()
19267 (abbrev-mode 1)
19268 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19269 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19270 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19271
19272 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19273 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19274 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19275 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19276
19277 \(fn)" t nil)
19278
19279 ;;;***
19280 \f
19281 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19282 ;;;;;; (17569 17776))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19284
19285 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19286 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19287 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19288
19289 \(fn)" t nil)
19290
19291 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19292 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19293 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19294 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19295 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19296
19297 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19298
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301 ;;;***
19302 \f
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19304 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19305 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19306 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19307 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19308 ;;;;;; (17591 9570))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19310
19311 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19312 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19313 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19314
19315 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19316 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19317 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19318 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19319 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19320 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19321 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19322 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19323 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19324 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19325
19326 The following commands are available:
19327
19328 \\{org-mode-map}
19329
19330 \(fn)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19333 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19334
19335 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19336 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19337 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19338 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19339 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19340
19341 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19342 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19343 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19344 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19345 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19346 and zoom in further.
19347 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19348
19349 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19350 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19351 is negative, go up that many levels.
19352
19353 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19354 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19355 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19356
19357 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19358 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19359
19360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19361
19362 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19363 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19364
19365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19366
19367 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19368 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19369 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19370 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19371
19372 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19373 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19374 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19375 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19376 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19377 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19378 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19379
19380 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19381 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19382 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19383
19384 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19385 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19386 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19387
19388 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19389
19390 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19391 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19392 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19393 will be able to go to other weeks.
19394 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19395 also be shown, under the current date.
19396 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19397 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19398 to turn on logging.
19399 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19400 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19401 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19402
19403 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19404
19405 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19406 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19407 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19408 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19409 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19410 `org-todo-keywords'.
19411
19412 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19413
19414 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19415 Return diary information from org-files.
19416 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19417 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19418 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19419 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19420
19421 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19422 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19423 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19424
19425 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19426 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19427 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19428 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19429
19430 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19431 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19432 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19433
19434 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19435 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19436 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19437 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19438
19439 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19440
19441 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19442
19443 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19444 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19445
19446 &%%(org-diary)
19447
19448 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19449 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19450 also be written as
19451
19452 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19453
19454 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19455 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19456 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19457
19458 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19459
19460 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19461 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19462 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19463
19464 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19465
19466 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19467 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19468 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19469 \\[org-insert-link].
19470 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19471 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19472 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19473
19474 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19475
19476 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19477 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19478 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19479 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19480 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19481
19482 \(fn)" nil nil)
19483
19484 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19485 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19486 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19487 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19488
19489 \(fn)" nil nil)
19490
19491 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19492 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19493 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19494 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19495 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19496 file the text at a specific location.
19497 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19498 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19499 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19500
19501 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19502 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19503 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19504 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19505 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19506 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19507 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19508 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19509
19510 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19511 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19512 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19513 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19514
19515 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19516 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19517 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19518
19519 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19520 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19521 \(i.e. after the stars).
19522
19523 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19524
19525 \(fn)" nil nil)
19526
19527 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19528 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19529
19530 \(fn)" nil nil)
19531
19532 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19533 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19534
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19536
19537 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19538 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19539 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19540 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19541
19542 \(fn)" t nil)
19543
19544 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19545 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19546 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19547 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19548
19549 \(fn)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19552 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19553 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19554
19555 \(fn)" t nil)
19556
19557 ;;;***
19558 \f
19559 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19560 ;;;;;; (17515 24859))
19561 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19562 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19563
19564 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19565 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19566 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19567 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19568
19569 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19570 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19571 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19572 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19573
19574 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19575 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19576 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19577 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19578 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19579 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19580
19581 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19582 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19583 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19584
19585 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19586 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19587 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19588 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19589 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19590 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19591 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19592 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19593 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19594 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19595 The subheadings remain visible.
19596 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19597
19598 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19599 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19600 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19601
19602 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19603 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19604
19605 \(fn)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19608 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19609 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19610 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19611
19612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19613
19614 ;;;***
19615 \f
19616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17496
19617 ;;;;;; 38721))
19618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19619 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19620 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19621 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19622 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19623 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19624 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19625 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19626 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19627 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19628
19629 ;;;***
19630 \f
19631 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17390 26944))
19632 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19633
19634 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19635 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19636 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19638 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19639
19640 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19641
19642 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19643
19644 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19645 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19646 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19647 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19648
19649 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19650 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19651
19652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19653
19654 ;;;***
19655 \f
19656 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19657 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19658 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19659
19660 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19661 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19662 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19663 unknown are returned as nil.
19664
19665 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19666
19667 ;;;***
19668 \f
19669 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19670 ;;;;;; 27409))
19671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19672
19673 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19674 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19675 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19676
19677 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19678 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19679
19680 Other useful functions are:
19681
19682 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19683 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19684 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19685 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19686 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19687 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19688 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19689 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19690 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19691
19692 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19693
19694 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19695 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19696 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19697 Indentation for case statements.
19698 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19699 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19700 mark after an end.
19701 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19702 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19703 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19704 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19705 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19706 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19707 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19708 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19709 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19710 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19711
19712 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19713 pascal-separator-keywords.
19714
19715 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19716 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19717
19718 \(fn)" t nil)
19719
19720 ;;;***
19721 \f
19722 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19723 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
19724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19725
19726 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19727 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19728 The keys affected are:
19729 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19730 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19731 M-Backspace does undo.
19732 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19733 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19734 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19735
19736 \(fn)" t nil)
19737
19738 ;;;***
19739 \f
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19741 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19743
19744 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19745 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19746 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19748 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19749
19750 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19751
19752 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19753
19754 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19755 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19756
19757 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19758
19759 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19760 which modify the status of the mark.
19761
19762 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19763 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19764
19765 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19766 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19767
19768 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19769 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19770 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19771 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19772 turning PC Selection mode on.
19773
19774 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19775 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19776
19777 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19778 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19779 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19780
19781 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19782 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19783 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19784
19785 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19786 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19787
19788 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19789 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19790 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19791
19792 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19793 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19794 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19795
19796 F6 other-window
19797 DELETE delete-char
19798 C-DELETE kill-line
19799 M-DELETE kill-word
19800 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19801 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19802 M-BACKSPACE undo
19803
19804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19805
19806 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19807 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19808 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19809 and cursor movement commands.
19810 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19812 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19813
19814 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19815
19816 ;;;***
19817 \f
19818 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17390
19819 ;;;;;; 26944))
19820 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19821
19822 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19823 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19824
19825 \(fn)" nil nil)
19826
19827 ;;;***
19828 \f
19829 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19830 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17390 26944))
19831 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19832
19833 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19834 Completion for `gzip'.
19835
19836 \(fn)" nil nil)
19837
19838 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19839 Completion for `bzip2'.
19840
19841 \(fn)" nil nil)
19842
19843 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19844 Completion for GNU `make'.
19845
19846 \(fn)" nil nil)
19847
19848 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19849 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19850
19851 \(fn)" nil nil)
19852
19853 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19854
19855 ;;;***
19856 \f
19857 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19858 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17390 26944))
19859 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19860
19861 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19862 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19863
19864 \(fn)" nil nil)
19865
19866 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19867 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19868
19869 \(fn)" nil nil)
19870
19871 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19872 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19873
19874 \(fn)" nil nil)
19875
19876 ;;;***
19877 \f
19878 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17390
19879 ;;;;;; 26944))
19880 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19881
19882 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19883 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19884 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19885 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19886 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19887 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19888
19889 \(fn)" nil nil)
19890
19891 ;;;***
19892 \f
19893 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19894 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19895 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17390 26944))
19896 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19897
19898 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19899 Completion for `cd'.
19900
19901 \(fn)" nil nil)
19902
19903 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19904
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19906 Completion for `rmdir'.
19907
19908 \(fn)" nil nil)
19909
19910 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19911 Completion for `rm'.
19912
19913 \(fn)" nil nil)
19914
19915 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19916 Completion for `xargs'.
19917
19918 \(fn)" nil nil)
19919
19920 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19921
19922 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19923 Completion for `which'.
19924
19925 \(fn)" nil nil)
19926
19927 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19928 Completion for the `chown' command.
19929
19930 \(fn)" nil nil)
19931
19932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19933 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19934
19935 \(fn)" nil nil)
19936
19937 ;;;***
19938 \f
19939 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19940 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19941 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17466
19942 ;;;;;; 27845))
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19944
19945 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19946 Support extensible programmable completion.
19947 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19948 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19949
19950 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19951
19952 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19953 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19954
19955 \(fn)" t nil)
19956
19957 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19958 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19959 This will modify the current buffer.
19960
19961 \(fn)" t nil)
19962
19963 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19964 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19965
19966 \(fn)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19969 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19970 This will modify the current buffer.
19971
19972 \(fn)" t nil)
19973
19974 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19975 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19976
19977 \(fn)" t nil)
19978
19979 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19980 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19981
19982 \(fn)" t nil)
19983
19984 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19985 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19986 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19987 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19988 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19989
19990 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19991
19992 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19993 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19994
19995 \(fn)" nil nil)
19996
19997 ;;;***
19998 \f
19999 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20000 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20001 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17569 17772))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20003
20004 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20005 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20006 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20007 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20008
20009 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20010
20011 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20012
20013 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20014 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20015 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20016 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20017 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20018 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20019 FLAGS is ignored.
20020
20021 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20022
20023 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20024 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20025 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20026 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20027 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20028 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20029 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20030 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20031
20032 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20033
20034 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20035 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20036 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20037 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20038 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20039 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20040 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20041 passed to cvs.
20042
20043 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20044
20045 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20046 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20047 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20048 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20049 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20050 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20051 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20052
20053 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20054
20055 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20056
20057 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20058 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20059 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20060
20061 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
20062
20063 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20064 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20065 nil means never do it.
20066 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20067 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20068 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20069
20070 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
20071
20072 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20073 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20074 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20075
20076 ;;;***
20077 \f
20078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17591 9570))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20080
20081 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20082
20083 ;;;***
20084 \f
20085 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20086 ;;;;;; (17499 10453))
20087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20088
20089 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20090 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20091 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20092 Tab indents for Perl code.
20093 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20094 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20095 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20096 \\{perl-mode-map}
20097 Variables controlling indentation style:
20098 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20099 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20100 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20101 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20102 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20103 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20104 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20105 `perl-nochange'
20106 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20107 `perl-indent-level'
20108 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20109 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20110 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20111 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20112 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20113 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20114 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20115 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20116 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20117 `perl-brace-offset'
20118 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20119 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20120 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20121 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20122 `perl-label-offset'
20123 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20124 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20125 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20126
20127 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20128 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20129 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20130 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20131 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20132 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20133 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20134
20135 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20136
20137 \(fn)" t nil)
20138
20139 ;;;***
20140 \f
20141 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20142 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20143 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20144 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17390 26944))
20145 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20146
20147 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20148 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20149
20150 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20151
20152 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20153 passphrase cache or user.
20154
20155 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20158 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20159
20160 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20161 cache or user.
20162
20163 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20164
20165 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20166 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20167
20168 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20169 the region.
20170
20171 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20172 passphrase cache or user.
20173
20174 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20175
20176 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20177 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20178
20179 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20180
20181 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20182 the region.
20183
20184 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20185 passphrase cache or user.
20186
20187 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20190 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20191
20192 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20193 passphrase cache or user.
20194
20195 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20196
20197 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20198 Decrypt the current buffer.
20199
20200 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20201 the region.
20202
20203 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20204 passphrase cache or user.
20205
20206 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20207
20208 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20209 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20210
20211 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20212 a detached signature.
20213
20214 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20215 and the the output is displayed.
20216
20217 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20218 passphrase cache or user.
20219
20220 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20221
20222 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20223 Sign the current buffer.
20224
20225 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20226 detached signature.
20227
20228 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20229 within the region.
20230
20231 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20232 and the the output is displayed.
20233
20234 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20235 passphrase cache or user.
20236
20237 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20238
20239 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20240 Verify the current region between START and END.
20241 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20242 the detached signature of the current region.
20243
20244 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20245 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20246
20247 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20248
20249 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20250 Verify the current buffer.
20251 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20252 the detached signature of the current region.
20253 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20254 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20255 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20256 within the region.
20257
20258 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20259
20260 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20261 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20262
20263 \(fn)" t nil)
20264
20265 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20266 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20267
20268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20269
20270 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20271 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20272
20273 \(fn)" t nil)
20274
20275 ;;;***
20276 \f
20277 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20278 ;;;;;; (17466 28572))
20279 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20280
20281 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20282 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20283
20284 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20285
20286 ;;;***
20287 \f
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20289 ;;;;;; (17466 28579))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20291
20292 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20293 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20294 \\<picture-mode-map>
20295 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20296 afterwards settable by these commands:
20297
20298 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20299 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20300 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20301 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20302
20303 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20304 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20305 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20306 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20307
20308 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20309 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20310 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20311 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20312
20313 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20314 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20315 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20316 with these commands:
20317
20318 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20319 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20320 Move to column following last
20321 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20322 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20323 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20324 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20325 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20326 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20327
20328 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20329
20330 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20331 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20332 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20333 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20334 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20335 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20336
20337 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20338 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20339 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20340 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20341 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20342 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20343 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20344
20345 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20346 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20347 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20348 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20349 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20350 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20351 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20352 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20353
20354 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20355 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20356 by supplying an argument.
20357
20358 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20359
20360 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20361 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20362
20363 \(fn)" t nil)
20364
20365 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20366
20367 ;;;***
20368 \f
20369 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20370 ;;;;;; (17549 4608))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20372
20373 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20374 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20375 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20376
20377 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20378
20379 ;;;***
20380 \f
20381 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17549 5052))
20382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20383
20384 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20385 Play pong and waste time.
20386 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20387 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20388
20389 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20390
20391 \\{pong-mode-map}
20392
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20394
20395 ;;;***
20396 \f
20397 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20398 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17390 26938))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20400
20401 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20402 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20403 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20404 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20405
20406 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20407
20408 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20409 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20410
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20412
20413 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20414 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20415 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20416 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20417 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20418
20419 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20420
20421 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20422 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20423 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20424 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20425 in the variable `values'.
20426
20427 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20428
20429 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20430 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20431 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20432 Ignores leading comment characters.
20433
20434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20435
20436 ;;;***
20437 \f
20438 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20439 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20440 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20441 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20442 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20443 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20444 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20445 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20446 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20447 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20448 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20449 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20450 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20451 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20452 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20453 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20454 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20455 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20456 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20458
20459 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20460 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20461
20462 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20463
20464 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20465
20466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20467
20468 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20469 Preview directory using ghostview.
20470
20471 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20472 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20473 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20474 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20475
20476 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20477 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20478 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20479 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20480 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20481 file name.
20482
20483 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20484
20485 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20486
20487 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20488 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20489
20490 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20491 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20492 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20493 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20494
20495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20496 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20497 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20498 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20499 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20500 file name.
20501
20502 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20503
20504 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20505
20506 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20507 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20508
20509 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20510 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20511 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20512 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20513
20514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20515 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20516 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20517 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20518 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20519 file name.
20520
20521 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20522
20523 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20524
20525 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20526 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20527
20528 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20529
20530 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20531 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20532 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20533 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20534
20535 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20536 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20537 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20538 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20539 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20540 file name.
20541
20542 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20543
20544 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20545
20546 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20547 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20548
20549 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20550 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20551 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20552
20553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20554 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20555 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20556 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20557
20558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20559
20560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20561 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20562
20563 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20564 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20565 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20566
20567 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20568 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20569 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20570 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20571
20572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20573
20574 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20575 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20576
20577 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20578 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20579 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20580
20581 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20582 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20583 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20584 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20585
20586 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20589 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20590
20591 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20592
20593 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20594 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20595 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20596
20597 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20598 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20599 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20600 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20601
20602 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20603
20604 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20605 Preview region using ghostview.
20606
20607 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20608
20609 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20610
20611 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20612 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20613
20614 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20615
20616 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20617
20618 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20619 Print region using PostScript printer.
20620
20621 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20622
20623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20624
20625 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20626 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20627
20628 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20629
20630 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20631
20632 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20633 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20634
20635 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20636
20637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20638
20639 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20640 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20641
20642 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20643
20644 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20645
20646 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20647 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20648
20649 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20650
20651 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20654 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20655
20656 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20657
20658 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20659
20660 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20661 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20662 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20663 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20664
20665 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20666 matching.
20667
20668 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20669 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20670
20671 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20672
20673 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20674
20675 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20676 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20677 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20678 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20679
20680 \(fn)" t nil)
20681
20682 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20683 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20684 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20685 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20686
20687 \(fn)" t nil)
20688
20689 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20690 Print directory using text printer.
20691
20692 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20693 matching.
20694
20695 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20696 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20697
20698 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20699
20700 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20701
20702 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20703 Print buffer using text printer.
20704
20705 \(fn)" t nil)
20706
20707 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20708 Print region using text printer.
20709
20710 \(fn)" t nil)
20711
20712 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20713 Print major mode using text printer.
20714
20715 \(fn)" t nil)
20716
20717 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20718 Preview spooled PostScript.
20719
20720 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20721 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20722 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20723
20724 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20725 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20726 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20727
20728 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20729
20730 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20731 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20732
20733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20734 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20735 instead of sending it to the printer.
20736
20737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20739 image in a file with that name.
20740
20741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20742
20743 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20744 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20745
20746 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20747 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20748 instead of sending it to the printer.
20749
20750 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20751 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20752 image in a file with that name.
20753
20754 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20755
20756 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20757 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20758
20759 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20760 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20761 instead of sending it to the printer.
20762
20763 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20764 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20765 image in a file with that name.
20766
20767 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20768
20769 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20770 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20771
20772 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20773
20774 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20775 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20776
20777 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20778
20779 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20780 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20781
20782 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20783
20784 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20785 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20786
20787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20790 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20791
20792 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20793
20794 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20795 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20796
20797 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20798 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20799 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20800 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20801
20802 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20803 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20804 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20805 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20806 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20807 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20808 file name.
20809
20810 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20811
20812 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20813 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20814
20815 \(fn)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20818 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20819
20820 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20821 right.
20822 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20823 bottom.
20824
20825 \(fn)" t nil)
20826
20827 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20828 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20829
20830 \(fn)" t nil)
20831
20832 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20833 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20834
20835 \(fn)" t nil)
20836
20837 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20838 Toggle printing with faces.
20839
20840 \(fn)" t nil)
20841
20842 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20843 Toggle spooling.
20844
20845 \(fn)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20848 Toggle duplex.
20849
20850 \(fn)" t nil)
20851
20852 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20853 Toggle tumble.
20854
20855 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20856 right.
20857 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20858 bottom.
20859
20860 \(fn)" t nil)
20861
20862 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20863 Toggle landscape.
20864
20865 \(fn)" t nil)
20866
20867 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20868 Toggle upside-down.
20869
20870 \(fn)" t nil)
20871
20872 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20873 Toggle line number.
20874
20875 \(fn)" t nil)
20876
20877 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20878 Toggle zebra stripes.
20879
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20881
20882 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20883 Toggle printing header.
20884
20885 \(fn)" t nil)
20886
20887 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20888 Toggle printing header frame.
20889
20890 \(fn)" t nil)
20891
20892 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20893 Toggle menu lock.
20894
20895 \(fn)" t nil)
20896
20897 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20898 Toggle auto region.
20899
20900 \(fn)" t nil)
20901
20902 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20903 Toggle auto mode.
20904
20905 \(fn)" t nil)
20906
20907 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20908 Customization of the `printing' group.
20909
20910 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20913 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20914
20915 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20918 Help for the printing package.
20919
20920 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20921
20922 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20923 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20924
20925 \(fn)" t nil)
20926
20927 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20928 Interactively select a text printer.
20929
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20931
20932 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20933 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20934
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20936
20937 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20938 Show current ps-print settings.
20939
20940 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20941
20942 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20943 Show current printing settings.
20944
20945 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20946
20947 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20948 Show current lpr settings.
20949
20950 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20951
20952 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20953 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20954
20955 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20956 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20957 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20958 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20959
20960
20961 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20962
20963 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20964 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20965 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20966
20967 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20968 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20969 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20970 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20971 current active printer.
20972
20973 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20974 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20975 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20976 printer.
20977
20978 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20979 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20980 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20981 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20982 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20983
20984
20985 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20986 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20987
20988 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20989
20990 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20991 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20992 be done using the new current active printer.
20993
20994 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20995 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20996 printer.
20997
20998 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20999 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21000 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21001 instead of sending it to the printer.
21002
21003 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21004 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21005 printer.
21006
21007 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21008
21009
21010 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21011 are both set to t.
21012
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21016 Fast fire function for text printing.
21017
21018 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21019 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21020 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21021 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21022
21023 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21024 user for a new active text printer.
21025
21026 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21027
21028 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21029
21030 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21031 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21032 printer.
21033
21034 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21035
21036 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21037 are both set to t.
21038
21039 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21040
21041 ;;;***
21042 \f
21043 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21044 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21046
21047 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21048 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21049 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21050 Commands:
21051 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21052 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21053 if that value is non-nil.
21054
21055 \(fn)" t nil)
21056
21057 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
21058 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21059
21060 \(fn)" t nil)
21061
21062 ;;;***
21063 \f
21064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17390 26944))
21065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21066
21067 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21068 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21069 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21070
21071 ;;;***
21072 \f
21073 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
21074 ;;;;;; 27409))
21075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21076
21077 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21078 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21079
21080 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21081
21082 The following variables hold user options, and can
21083 be set through the `customize' command:
21084
21085 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21086 `ps-mode-tab'
21087 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21088 `ps-mode-print-function'
21089 `ps-run-prompt'
21090 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21091 `ps-run-x'
21092 `ps-run-dumb'
21093 `ps-run-init'
21094 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21095 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21096
21097 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21098
21099
21100 \\{ps-mode-map}
21101
21102
21103 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21104 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21105 The keymap for this second window is:
21106
21107 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21108
21109
21110 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21111 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21112 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21113 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21114 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21115
21116 \(fn)" t nil)
21117
21118 ;;;***
21119 \f
21120 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21121 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21122 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21123 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17390 26944))
21124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21125
21126 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21127 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21128
21129 Valid values are:
21130
21131 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21132 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21133 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21134 changed by setting the variable
21135 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21136 The initial value of this variable is
21137 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21138 documentation).
21139
21140 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21141 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21142 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21143 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21144 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21145 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21146 test it.
21147
21148 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21149 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21150 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21151 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21152 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21153 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21154 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21155 use this value, be sure to have installed
21156 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21157 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21158 documentation of this variable).
21159
21160 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21161 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21162 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21163 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21164 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21165 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21166
21167 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21168
21169 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
21170
21171 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21172 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21173 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21174
21175 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21176
21177 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21178 Not documented
21179
21180 \(fn)" nil nil)
21181
21182 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21183 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21184
21185 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21186
21187 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21188
21189 Returns the value:
21190
21191 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21192
21193 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21194 the sequence.
21195
21196 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21197
21198 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21199 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21200
21201 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21202 composition.
21203
21204 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21205
21206 Returns the value:
21207
21208 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21209
21210 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21211 the sequence.
21212
21213 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21214
21215 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21216 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21217
21218 \(fn)" nil nil)
21219
21220 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21221 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21222 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21223
21224 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21225
21226 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21227 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21228 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21229
21230 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21231
21232 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21233 Not documented
21234
21235 \(fn)" nil nil)
21236
21237 ;;;***
21238 \f
21239 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21240 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21241 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21242 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21243 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21244 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17390
21245 ;;;;;; 26945))
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21247
21248 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21249 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21250 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21251
21252 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
21253
21254 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21255 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21256 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21257 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21258
21259 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
21260
21261 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21262 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21263
21264 Valid values are:
21265
21266 nil Do not print colors.
21267
21268 t Print colors.
21269
21270 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21271 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21272
21273 Any other value is treated as t.")
21274
21275 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
21276
21277 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21278 Customization of ps-print group.
21279
21280 \(fn)" t nil)
21281
21282 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21283 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21284
21285 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21286 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21287 sending it to the printer.
21288
21289 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21290 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21291 image in a file with that name.
21292
21293 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21296 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21297 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21298 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21299 so it has a way to determine color values.
21300
21301 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21304 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21305 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21306
21307 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21310 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21311 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21312 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21313 so it has a way to determine color values.
21314
21315 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21318 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21319 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21320 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21321
21322 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21323
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21327 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21328 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21329 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21330 so it has a way to determine color values.
21331
21332 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21333
21334 \(fn)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21337 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21338 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21339
21340 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21341
21342 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21345 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21346 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21348 so it has a way to determine color values.
21349
21350 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21351
21352 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21355 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21356
21357 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21358 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21359 instead of sending it to the printer.
21360
21361 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21362 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21363 image in a file with that name.
21364
21365 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21368 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21369 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21370 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21371 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21372
21373 \(fn)" t nil)
21374
21375 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21376 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21377 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21378
21379 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21382 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21383 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21384
21385 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21388 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21389
21390 \(fn)" nil nil)
21391
21392 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21393 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21394
21395 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21396 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21397
21398 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21399 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21400
21401 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21402
21403 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21404
21405 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21406
21407 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21408 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21409
21410 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21411 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21412
21413 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21414 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21415
21416 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21417
21418 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21419
21420 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21421
21422 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21423 foreground and background colors respectively.
21424
21425 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21426 bold - use bold font.
21427 italic - use italic font.
21428 underline - put a line under text.
21429 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21430 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21431 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21432 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21433 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21434
21435 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21436
21437 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21438
21439 ;;;***
21440 \f
21441 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21442 ;;;;;; (17490 7930))
21443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21444
21445 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21446
21447 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21448
21449 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21450
21451 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21452 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21453 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21454 buffer automatically.
21455 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21456 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21457 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21458 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21459 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21461
21462 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21463
21464 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21465 Major mode for editing Python files.
21466 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21467 parsing of the source.
21468 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21469 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21470 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21471
21472 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21473 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21474 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21475 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21476 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21477 \\<python-mode-map>
21478 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21479 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21480 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21481 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21482 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21483 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21484
21485 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21486 effect outside them.
21487
21488 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21489 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21490 lines count as headers.
21491
21492 \\{python-mode-map}
21493
21494 \(fn)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21497 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21498 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21499 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21500
21501 \(fn)" t nil)
21502
21503 ;;;***
21504 \f
21505 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21506 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21508
21509 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21510 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21511 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21512 coding-system.
21513
21514 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21515 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21516
21517 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21518 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21519 them into characters should be done separately.
21520
21521 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21522
21523 ;;;***
21524 \f
21525 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21526 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21527 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21528 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21529 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17279 27196))
21530 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21531
21532 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21533 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21534
21535 \(fn)" nil nil)
21536
21537 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21538 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21539 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21540
21541 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21542 `quail-activate', which see.
21543
21544 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21545
21546 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21547 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21548 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21549 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21550 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21551 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21552 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21553
21554 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21555 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21556 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21557 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21558 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21559 shown.
21560 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21561
21562 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21563 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21564 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21565 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21566 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21567 list of candidates.
21568
21569 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21570 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21571 command to be called.
21572
21573 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21574 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21575 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21576 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21577
21578 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21579 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21580 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21581 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21582 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21583 to t.
21584
21585 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21586 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21587 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21588 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21589
21590 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21591 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21592 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21593 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21594
21595 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21596 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21597 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21598 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21599 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21600 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21601
21602 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21603 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21604 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21605 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21606 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21607 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21608
21609 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21610 covers Quail translation region.
21611
21612 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21613 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21614 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21615 for it) is inserted.
21616
21617 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21618 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21619 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21620
21621 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21622 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21623 non-Quail commands.
21624
21625 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21626
21627 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21628 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21629
21630 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21631 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21632 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21633 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21634 you type is correctly handled.
21635
21636 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21637
21638 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21639 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21640
21641 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21642 keyboard type.
21643
21644 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21645
21646 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21647 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21648 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21649 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21650 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21651 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21652 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21653 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21654 for the translation.
21655 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21656
21657 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21658 it is used to handle KEY.
21659
21660 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21661 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21662 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21663 the following annotation types are supported.
21664
21665 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21666 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21667
21668 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21669 candidate list.
21670
21671 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21672 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21673 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21674 inserted.
21675
21676 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21677 generated for the following translations.
21678
21679 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21680
21681 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21682 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21683
21684 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21685 which to install MAP.
21686
21687 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21688
21689 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21690
21691 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21692 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21693
21694 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21695 which to install MAP.
21696
21697 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21698
21699 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21700
21701 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21702 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21703 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21704 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21705 a function, or a cons.
21706 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21707 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21708 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21709 for the translation.
21710 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21711 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21712 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21713 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21714 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21715
21716 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21717 it is used to handle KEY.
21718
21719 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21720 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21721 current Quail package.
21722
21723 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21724 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21725
21726 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21727
21728 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21729 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21730
21731 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21732 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21733
21734 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21735
21736 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21737 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21738
21739 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21740
21741 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21742 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21743 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21744 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21745 of the Emacs source tree.
21746
21747 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21748 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21749
21750 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21751 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21752 of each directory.
21753
21754 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21755
21756 ;;;***
21757 \f
21758 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21759 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21760 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21761 ;;;;;; 26944))
21762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21763
21764 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21765 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21766 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21767 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21768
21769 To make use of this do something like:
21770
21771 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21772
21773 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21774
21775 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21776 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21777
21778 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21779 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21780 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21781
21782 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21783
21784 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21785 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21786
21787 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21788
21789 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21790 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21791
21792 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21793 is decided.
21794
21795 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21796
21797 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21798 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21799
21800 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21801 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21802 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21803
21804 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21805
21806 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21807 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21808
21809 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21812 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21813
21814 \(fn)" t nil)
21815
21816 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21817 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21818
21819 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21820
21821 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21822
21823 \(fn)" t nil)
21824
21825 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21826 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21827
21828 \(fn)" t nil)
21829
21830 ;;;***
21831 \f
21832 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21833 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17569 18000))
21834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21835
21836 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21837 Connect to IRC.
21838 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21839
21840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21841
21842 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21843
21844 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21845 Not documented
21846
21847 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21848
21849 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21850 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21851 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21853 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21854
21855 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21856
21857 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21858 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21859
21860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21861
21862 ;;;***
21863 \f
21864 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17569
21865 ;;;;;; 18006))
21866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21867
21868 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21869 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21870 See \\[compile].
21871
21872 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21873
21874 ;;;***
21875 \f
21876 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21877 ;;;;;; (17505 62391))
21878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21879
21880 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21881
21882 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21883 Construct a regexp interactively.
21884
21885 \(fn)" t nil)
21886
21887 ;;;***
21888 \f
21889 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17466 28165))
21890 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21891
21892 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21893 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21894 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21896 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21897
21898 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21899
21900 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21901 Toggle recentf mode.
21902 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21903 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21904
21905 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21906 that were operated on recently.
21907
21908 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21909
21910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21911
21912 ;;;***
21913 \f
21914 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21915 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21916 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21917 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17466
21918 ;;;;;; 28573))
21919 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21920
21921 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21922 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21923 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21924 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21925
21926 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21927
21928 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21929
21930 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21931 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21932 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21933 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21934 ends.
21935
21936 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21937 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21938 to be deleted.
21939
21940 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21941
21942 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21943 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21944 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21945
21946 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21947 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21948 deleted.
21949
21950 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21951
21952 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21953 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21954 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21955
21956 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21957
21958 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21959 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21960
21961 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21962 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21963
21964 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21965 deleted.
21966
21967 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21968 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21969 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21970 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21971 even beep.)
21972
21973 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21974
21975 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21976 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21977
21978 \(fn)" t nil)
21979
21980 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21981 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21982 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21983 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21984 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21985 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21986 and point is at the lower right corner.
21987
21988 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21989
21990 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21991 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21992
21993 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21994 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21995
21996 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21997 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21998 on the right side of the rectangle.
21999
22000 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22001
22002 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22003
22004 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22005 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22006 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22007 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22008 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22009
22010 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22011 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22012
22013 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22014
22015 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22016 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22017 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22018
22019 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22020
22021 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22022
22023 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22024
22025 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22026 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22027
22028 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22029 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22030 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22031
22032 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22033
22034 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22035 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22036 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22037
22038 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22039 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22040 rectangle which were empty.
22041
22042 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22043
22044 ;;;***
22045 \f
22046 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17390
22047 ;;;;;; 26946))
22048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22049
22050 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22051 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22052 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22053
22054 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22055 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22056 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22057
22058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22059
22060 ;;;***
22061 \f
22062 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22063 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
22064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22065
22066 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22067 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22068
22069 \(fn)" nil nil)
22070
22071 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22072 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22073
22074 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22075 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22076
22077 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22078 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22079 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22080 \\ref macro.
22081
22082 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22083 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22084 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22085
22086 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22087 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22088 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22089
22090 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22091 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22092
22093 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22094 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22095
22096 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22097 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22098 on the menu bar.
22099
22100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22101
22102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22103
22104 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22105 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22106 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22107
22108 \(fn)" nil nil)
22109
22110 ;;;***
22111 \f
22112 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22113 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
22114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22115
22116 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22117 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22118 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22119 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22120 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22121 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22122
22123 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22124
22125 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22126
22127 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22128 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22129 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22130 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22131 `reftex-cite-format'.
22132
22133 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22134 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22135 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22136 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22137
22138 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22139
22140 ;;;***
22141 \f
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22143 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
22144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22145
22146 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22147 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22148 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22149 the current TeX document.
22150
22151 With no argument, this command toggles
22152 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22153 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22154
22155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22156
22157 ;;;***
22158 \f
22159 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22160 ;;;;;; (17418 6743))
22161 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22162
22163 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22164 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22165 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22166
22167 To insert new phrases, use
22168 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22169 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22170
22171 To index phrases use one of:
22172
22173 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22174 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22175 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22176 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22177 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22178
22179 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22180 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22181
22182 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22183
22184 Here are all local bindings.
22185
22186 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22187
22188 \(fn)" t nil)
22189
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22193 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22195
22196 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22197 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22198 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22199 of master file.
22200
22201 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22202
22203 ;;;***
22204 \f
22205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17496
22206 ;;;;;; 38721))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22208 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22209 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22210 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22211 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22212
22213 ;;;***
22214 \f
22215 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22216 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
22217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22218
22219 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22220 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22221 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22222 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22223 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22224 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22225
22226 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22227 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22228
22229 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22230 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22231
22232 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22233
22234 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22235 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22236 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22237 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22238
22239 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22240
22241 ;;;***
22242 \f
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17390 26945))
22244 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22245
22246 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22247 Repeat most recently executed command.
22248 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22249 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22250 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22251
22252 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22253 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22254 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22255
22256 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22257
22258 ;;;***
22259 \f
22260 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22261 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22263
22264 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22265 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22266
22267 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22268 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22269 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22270 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22271 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22272 and point is left after the salutation.
22273
22274 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22275 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22276 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22277 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22278 left after that text.
22279
22280 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22281 is non-nil.
22282
22283 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22284 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22285 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22286 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22287
22288 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22289
22290 ;;;***
22291 \f
22292 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22293 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22295
22296 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22297 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22298 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22299 visibility of comments that precede it.
22300 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22301 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22302 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22303 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22304 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22305 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22306 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22307 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22308 the comment lines.
22309 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22310 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22311 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22312 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22313 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22314
22315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22316 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17390
22321 ;;;;;; 26945))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22323
22324 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22325 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22326
22327 \(fn)" nil nil)
22328
22329 ;;;***
22330 \f
22331 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22332 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22334
22335 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22336 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22337 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22338
22339 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22340 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22341 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22342
22343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22344
22345 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22346 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22347 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22349 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22350
22351 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22352
22353 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22354 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22355 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22356
22357 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22358 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22359 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22360
22361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22362
22363 ;;;***
22364 \f
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22366 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
22367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22368
22369 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22370 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22371
22372 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22373
22374 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22375 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22376
22377 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22378
22379 ;;;***
22380 \f
22381 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17390 26944))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22383 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22384
22385 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22386 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22387 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22388 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22389
22390 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22391
22392 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22393 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22394 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22395 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22396
22397 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22398 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22399
22400 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22401 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22402
22403 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22404 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22405 INPUT-ARGS.
22406
22407 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22408 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22409 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22410 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22411 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22412
22413 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22414 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22415 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22416 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22417
22418 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22419 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22420 variable.
22421
22422 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22423
22424 ;;;***
22425 \f
22426 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22427 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22428 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22429 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22430 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22431 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22432 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17524
22433 ;;;;;; 8597))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22435
22436 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22437 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22438 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22439
22440 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22441
22442 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22443 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22444 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22445 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22446
22447 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22448
22449 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22450 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22451 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22452 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22453 value is the user's email address and name.)
22454 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22455
22456 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22457 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22458 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22459 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22460 which normally happens once for each message,
22461 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22462 To make a change in this variable take effect
22463 for a message that you have already viewed,
22464 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22465
22466 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22467
22468 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22469 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22470 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22471 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22472
22473 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22474
22475 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22476 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22477
22478 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22479
22480 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22481 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22482 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22483 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22484
22485 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22486
22487 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22488 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22489
22490 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22491
22492 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22493 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22494
22495 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22496
22497 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22498 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22499 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22500 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22501 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22502
22503 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22504
22505 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22506 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22507 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22508 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22509
22510 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22511
22512 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22513 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22514
22515 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22516
22517 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22518 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22519
22520 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22521
22522 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22523 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22524
22525 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22526
22527 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22528 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22529
22530 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22531 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22532
22533 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22534 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22535
22536 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22537
22538 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22539 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22540
22541 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22542 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22543 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22544 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22545
22546 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22547 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22548
22549 This is set to nil by default.")
22550
22551 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22552 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22553 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22554 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22555 until a user explicitly requires it.
22556
22557 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22558 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22559 in your session.")
22560
22561 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22562
22563 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22564 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22565 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22566 It is called with no argument.")
22567
22568 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22569 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22570 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22571 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22572 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22573 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22574 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22575
22576 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22577 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22578 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22579 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22580 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22581 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22582
22583 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22584 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22585 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22586 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22587 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22588
22589 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22590 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22591 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22592 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22593 MSG is the message number,
22594 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22595 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22596
22597 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22598 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22599 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22600 this feature is required with `require'.
22601
22602 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22603 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22604
22605 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22606 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22607 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22608 the message is decoded as normal way.
22609
22610 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22611 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22612 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22613
22614 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22615 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22616 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22617
22618 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22619 Read and edit incoming mail.
22620 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22621 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22622 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22623
22624 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22625 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22626 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22627 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22628
22629 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22630
22631 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22632
22633 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22634 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22635 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22636 Instead, these commands are available:
22637
22638 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22639 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22640 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22641 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22642 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22643 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22644 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22645 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22646 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22647 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22648 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22649 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22650 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22651 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22652 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22653 till a deleted message is found.
22654 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22655 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22656 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22657 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22658 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22659 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22660 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22661 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22662 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22663 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22664 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22665 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22666 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22667 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22668 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22669 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22670 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22671 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22672 (label defaults to last one specified).
22673 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22674 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22675 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22676 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22677 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22678 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22679 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22680 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22681 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22682
22683 \(fn)" t nil)
22684
22685 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22686 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22687
22688 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22689
22690 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22691 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22692
22693 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22694
22695 ;;;***
22696 \f
22697 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22698 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22700
22701 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22702 Edit the contents of this message.
22703
22704 \(fn)" t nil)
22705
22706 ;;;***
22707 \f
22708 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22709 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22710 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22711 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22712
22713 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22714 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22715 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22716
22717 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22718
22719 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22720 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22721 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22722
22723 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22724
22725 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22726 Not documented
22727
22728 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22729
22730 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22731 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22732 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22733 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22734 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22735
22736 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22737
22738 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22739 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22740 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22741 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22742 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22743
22744 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22745
22746 ;;;***
22747 \f
22748 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22749 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22751
22752 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22753 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22754 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22755 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22756
22757 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22758
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22762 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22763 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17390 26943))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22765
22766 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22767 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22768 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22769 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22770 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22771 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22772 a file name as a string.")
22773
22774 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22775
22776 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22777 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22778 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22779 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22780 buffer visiting that file.
22781 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22782 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22783
22784 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22785 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22786
22787 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22788 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22789
22790 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22791 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22792
22793 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22794
22795 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22796 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22797
22798 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22799
22800 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22801 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22802 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22803 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22804 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22805
22806 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22807 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22808 will be appended with their original headers.
22809
22810 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22811 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22812
22813 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22814 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22815
22816 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22817
22818 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22819
22820 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22821 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22822 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22823
22824 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22825
22826 ;;;***
22827 \f
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22829 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22830 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
22831 ;;;;;; 26943))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22833
22834 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22835 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22836 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22837
22838 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22839
22840 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22841 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22842 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22843
22844 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22845
22846 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22847 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22848 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22849
22850 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22851
22852 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22853 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22854 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22855
22856 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22857
22858 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22859 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22860 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22861
22862 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22863
22864 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22865 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22866 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22867
22868 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22869
22870 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22871 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22872 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22873 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22874
22875 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22876
22877 ;;;***
22878 \f
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22880 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22881 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22882 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22883 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22885
22886 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22887 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22890
22891 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22892 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22893
22894 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22895
22896 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22897 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22898
22899 \(fn)" t nil)
22900
22901 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22902 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22903 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22904
22905 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22906
22907 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22908 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22909 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22910 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22911 only look in the To and From fields.
22912 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22913
22914 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22915
22916 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22917 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22918 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22919 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22920 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22921
22922 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22923
22924 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22925 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22926 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22927 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22928 look in the whole message.
22929 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22930
22931 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22932
22933 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22934 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22935 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22936
22937 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22938
22939 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22940 *Function to decode summary-line.
22941
22942 By default, `identity' is set.")
22943
22944 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22945
22946 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22947 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22948 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22949 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22950 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22951 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22952 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22953
22954 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22955 sent by you under different user names.
22956 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22957
22958 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22961
22962 ;;;***
22963 \f
22964 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22965 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
22966 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22967
22968 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22969 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22970 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22971 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22972
22973 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22974
22975 ;;;***
22976 \f
22977 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22978 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17390 26945))
22979 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22980
22981 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22982 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22983
22984 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22985
22986 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22987 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22988
22989 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22990
22991 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22992 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22993
22994 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22995
22996 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22997 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22998 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22999
23000 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23001 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23002 in rot 13.
23003
23004 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23005
23006 \(fn)" t nil)
23007
23008 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23009 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
23010
23011 \(fn)" t nil)
23012
23013 ;;;***
23014 \f
23015 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23016 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23017 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23018 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23019 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23021
23022 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23023 *This variable is obsolete.")
23024
23025 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
23026
23027 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23028 *This variable is obsolete.")
23029
23030 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23031
23032 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23033 *This variable is obsolete.")
23034
23035 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23036
23037 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23038 *This variable is obsolete.")
23039
23040 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
23041
23042 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23043 *This variable is obsolete.")
23044
23045 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23046
23047 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23048 *This variable is obsolete.")
23049
23050 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23051
23052 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23053 This function is obsolete.
23054
23055 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23056
23057 ;;;***
23058 \f
23059 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17390
23060 ;;;;;; 26945))
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23062
23063 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23064 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23065
23066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23067
23068 ;;;***
23069 \f
23070 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23071 ;;;;;; 6751))
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23073
23074 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23075 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23076 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23077 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23078
23079 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23080
23081 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23082 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23083 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23084 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23085
23086 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23087 notation.
23088
23089 STRING
23090 matches string STRING literally.
23091
23092 CHAR
23093 matches character CHAR literally.
23094
23095 `not-newline', `nonl'
23096 matches any character except a newline.
23097 .
23098 `anything'
23099 matches any character
23100
23101 `(any SET ...)'
23102 `(in SET ...)'
23103 `(char SET ...)'
23104 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23105 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23106 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23107
23108 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23109 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23110 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23111 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23112
23113 `(not (any SET ...))'
23114 matches any character not in SET ...
23115
23116 `line-start', `bol'
23117 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23118 in the text being matched
23119
23120 `line-end', `eol'
23121 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23122
23123 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23124 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23125 string being matched against.
23126
23127 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23128 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23129 string being matched against.
23130
23131 `buffer-start'
23132 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23133 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23134
23135 `buffer-end'
23136 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23137 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23138
23139 `point'
23140 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23141
23142 `word-start', `bow'
23143 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23144 word.
23145
23146 `word-end', `eow'
23147 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23148
23149 `word-boundary'
23150 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23151 word.
23152
23153 `(not word-boundary)'
23154 `not-word-boundary'
23155 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23156 word.
23157
23158 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23159 matches 0 through 9.
23160
23161 `control', `cntrl'
23162 matches ASCII control characters.
23163
23164 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23165 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23166
23167 `blank'
23168 matches space and tab only.
23169
23170 `graphic', `graph'
23171 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23172 space, and DEL.
23173
23174 `printing', `print'
23175 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23176 and DEL.
23177
23178 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23179 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23180 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23181
23182 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23183 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23184 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23185
23186 `ascii'
23187 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23188
23189 `nonascii'
23190 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23191
23192 `lower', `lower-case'
23193 matches anything lower-case.
23194
23195 `upper', `upper-case'
23196 matches anything upper-case.
23197
23198 `punctuation', `punct'
23199 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23200 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23201
23202 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23203 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23204
23205 `word', `wordchar'
23206 matches anything that has word syntax.
23207
23208 `not-wordchar'
23209 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23210
23211 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23212 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23213 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23214 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23215
23216 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23217 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23218 `word' (\\sw)
23219 `symbol' (\\s_)
23220 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23221 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23222 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23223 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23224 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23225 `escape' (\\s\\)
23226 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23227 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23228 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23229 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23230 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23231
23232 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23233 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23234
23235 `(category CATEGORY)'
23236 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23237 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23238
23239 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23240 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23241 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23242 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23243 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23244 `symbol' (\\c5)
23245 `digit' (\\c6)
23246 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23247 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23248 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23249 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23250 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23251 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23252 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23253 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23254 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23255 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23256 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23257 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23258 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23259 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23260 `ascii' (\\ca)
23261 `arabic' (\\cb)
23262 `chinese' (\\cc)
23263 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23264 `greek' (\\cg)
23265 `korean' (\\ch)
23266 `indian' (\\ci)
23267 `japanese' (\\cj)
23268 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23269 `latin' (\\cl)
23270 `lao' (\\co)
23271 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23272 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23273 `thai' (\\ct)
23274 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23275 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23276 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23277 `can-break' (\\c|)
23278
23279 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23280 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23281
23282 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23283 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23284 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23285 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23286 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23287
23288 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23289 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23290 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23291 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23292
23293 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23294 another name for `submatch'.
23295
23296 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23297 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23298 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23299 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23300 regular expression.
23301
23302 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23303 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23304 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23305 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23306 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23307
23308 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23309 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23310
23311 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23312 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23313
23314 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23315 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23316 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23317
23318 `(* SEXP ...)'
23319 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23320 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23321
23322 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23323 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23324 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23325
23326 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23327 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23328 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23329
23330 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23331 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23332
23333 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23334 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23335
23336 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23337 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23338 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23339 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23340
23341 `(? SEXP ...)'
23342 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23343
23344 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23345 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23346
23347 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23348 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23349 matches N occurrences.
23350
23351 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23352 matches N or more occurrences.
23353
23354 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23355 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23356 matches N to M occurrences.
23357
23358 `(backref N)'
23359 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23360
23361 `(backref N)'
23362 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23363
23364 `(backref N)'
23365 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23366
23367 `(eval FORM)'
23368 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23369 `regexp-quote' it.
23370
23371 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23372 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23373
23374 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23375
23376 ;;;***
23377 \f
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (17466 28165))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23381
23382 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23383 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23384 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23385 interface.")
23386
23387 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23388
23389 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23390 Toggle savehist-mode.
23391 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23392 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23393 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23394 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23395
23396 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23397 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23398 which is probably undesirable.
23399
23400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23401
23402 ;;;***
23403 \f
23404 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23405 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23407
23408 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23409 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23410 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23411
23412 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23413 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23414 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23415 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23416 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23417 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23418 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23419 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23420
23421 Commands:
23422 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23423 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23424 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23425 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23426 if that value is non-nil.
23427
23428 \(fn)" t nil)
23429
23430 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23431 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23432 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23433
23434 Commands:
23435 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23436 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23437 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23438 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23439 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23440 that variable's value is a string.
23441
23442 \(fn)" t nil)
23443
23444 ;;;***
23445 \f
23446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23447 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23449
23450 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23451 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23452 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23453
23454 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23455
23456 \(fn)" t nil)
23457
23458 ;;;***
23459 \f
23460 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17383
23461 ;;;;;; 38807))
23462 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23463
23464 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23465 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23466 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23467 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23468
23469 Interesting variables:
23470
23471 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23472 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23473
23474 `scribe-electric-quote'
23475 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23476
23477 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23478 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23479 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23480
23481 \(fn)" t nil)
23482
23483 ;;;***
23484 \f
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23486 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23488
23489 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23490 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23491 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23492 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23493 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23494
23495 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23496
23497 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23498
23499 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23500 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23501 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23502 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23503 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23504
23505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23506
23507 ;;;***
23508 \f
23509 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23510 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23511 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23512
23513 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23514 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23515 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23516 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23517 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23518 during scrolling.
23519
23520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23521
23522 ;;;***
23523 \f
23524 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23525 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23526 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23527 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23528 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23529 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23530 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23531 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23532 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17569 17773))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23534
23535 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23536 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23537
23538 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23539 king@grassland.com
23540 If `parens', they look like:
23541 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23542 If `angles', they look like:
23543 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23544 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23545 derived from the envelope-from address.
23546
23547 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23548 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23549 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23550 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23551
23552 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23553
23554 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23555 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23556 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23557 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23558
23559 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23560 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23561 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23562 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23563
23564 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23565
23566 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23567 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23568 This is done when the message is initialized,
23569 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23570
23571 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23572
23573 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23574 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23575 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23576
23577 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23578
23579 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23580
23581 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23582 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23583 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23584 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23585 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23586 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23587 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23588
23589 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23590
23591 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23592 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23593
23594 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23595
23596 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23597 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23598 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23599
23600 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23601
23602 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23603 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23604 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23605 when you first send mail.")
23606
23607 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23608
23609 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23610 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23611 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23612 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23613 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23614
23615 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23616
23617 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23618 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23619 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23620 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23621 This file need not actually exist.")
23622
23623 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23624
23625 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23626 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23627 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23628
23629 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23630
23631 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23632 Alist of mail address aliases,
23633 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23634 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23635 can specify a different file name.)
23636 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23637 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23638
23639 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23640 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23641 nil means use indentation.")
23642
23643 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23644
23645 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23646 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23647 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23648
23649 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23650
23651 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23652 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23653 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23654 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23655 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23656 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23657 in the cited portion of the message.
23658
23659 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23660 instead of no action.")
23661
23662 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23663
23664 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23665 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23666 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23667 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23668 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23669
23670 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23671
23672 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23673 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23674 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23675 If a string, that string is inserted.
23676 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23677 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23678 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23679 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23680
23681 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23682
23683 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23684 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23685
23686 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23687
23688 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23689 Directory for mail buffers.
23690 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23691 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23692
23693 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23694
23695 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23696 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23697 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23698 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23699
23700 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23701
23702 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23703 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23704 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23705 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23706 is non-nil.")
23707
23708 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23709
23710 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23711 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23712 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23713 `query' means ask the user each time.
23714 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23715 The default is `mime'.
23716 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23717 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23718
23719 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23720
23721 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23722 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23723 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23724
23725 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23726 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23727
23728 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23729 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23730 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23731 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23732 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23733 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23734 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23735 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23736 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23737 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23738 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23739 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23740 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23741
23742 \(fn)" t nil)
23743
23744 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23745 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23746
23747 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23748 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23749
23750 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23751
23752 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23753 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23754 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23755 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23756 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23757 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23758
23759 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23760 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23761 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23762
23763 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23764 User should not set this variable manually,
23765 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23766 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23767 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23768 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23769
23770 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23771 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23772 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23773 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23774
23775 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23776 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23777
23778 \\<mail-mode-map>
23779 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23780
23781 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23782 to move to message header fields:
23783 \\{mail-mode-map}
23784
23785 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23786 when the message is initialized.
23787
23788 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23789 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23790
23791 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23792 is inserted.
23793
23794 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23795 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23796
23797 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23798 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23799 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23800 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23801 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23802 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23803 buffer without erasing the contents.
23804
23805 The second through fifth arguments,
23806 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23807 the initial contents of those header fields.
23808 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23809 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23810 original message being replied to, or else an action
23811 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23812 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23813 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23814 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23815 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23816 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23817
23818 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23819
23820 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23821 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23822
23823 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23824
23825 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23826 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23827
23828 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23829
23830 ;;;***
23831 \f
23832 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23833 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17591 9480))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23835
23836 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23837 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23838 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23839 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23840 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23841 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23842
23843 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
23844 communications subprocess.
23845
23846 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23847
23848 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23849 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23850 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23852 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23853
23854 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23855
23856 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23857 Toggle Server mode.
23858 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23859 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23860 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23861
23862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23863
23864 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
23865 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
23866
23867 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23868
23869 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23870 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23871
23872 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
23873
23874 ;;;***
23875 \f
23876 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17549 4607))
23877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23878
23879 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23880 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23881 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23882
23883 Key definitions:
23884 \\{ses-mode-map}
23885 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23886 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23887 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23888 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23889
23890 \(fn)" t nil)
23891
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23895 ;;;;;; (17524 8650))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23897
23898 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23899 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23900 Makes > match <.
23901 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23902 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23903
23904 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23905 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23906 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23907
23908 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23909 in your `.emacs' file.
23910
23911 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23912
23913 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23914 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23915 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23916
23917 \(fn)" t nil)
23918
23919 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23920
23921 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23922 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23923 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23924 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23925 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23926 which this is based.
23927
23928 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23929
23930 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23931 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23932 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23933 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23934
23935 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23936 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23937 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23938
23939 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23940 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23941 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23942 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23943
23944 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23945 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23946 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23947 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23948
23949 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23950
23951 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23952 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23953 To work around that, do:
23954 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23955
23956 \\{html-mode-map}
23957
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23959
23960 ;;;***
23961 \f
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23963 ;;;;;; (17549 4607))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23965 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23966
23967 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23968 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23969 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23970 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23971 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23972 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23973
23974 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23975 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23976 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23977 shell-specific features.
23978
23979 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23980 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23981 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23982 \\<sh-mode-map>
23983 \\[sh-case] case statement
23984 \\[sh-for] for loop
23985 \\[sh-function] function definition
23986 \\[sh-if] if statement
23987 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23988 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23989 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23990 \\[sh-select] select loop
23991 \\[sh-until] until loop
23992 \\[sh-while] while loop
23993
23994 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23995 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23996 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23997 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23998 would indent to the way it currently is.
23999 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24000 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24001
24002
24003 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24004 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24005 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24006 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24007 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24008 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24009
24010 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24011 {, (, [, ', \", `
24012 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24013
24014 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24015 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24016 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24017
24018 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24019 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24020
24021 \(fn)" t nil)
24022
24023 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24024
24025 ;;;***
24026 \f
24027 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24029
24030 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24031 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24032 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24033 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24034 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24035 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24036
24037 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24038
24039 ;;;***
24040 \f
24041 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24042 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24044
24045 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24046 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24047
24048 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24049 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24050 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24051 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24052 the earlier.
24053
24054 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24055
24056 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24057
24058 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24059 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24060 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24061
24062 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
24063 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
24064
24065 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24066 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24067 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
24068 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24069 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
24070 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24071 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24072 emacs version).
24073
24074 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24075 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24076 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24077 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24078 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24079
24080 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24081 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24082 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24083
24084 \(fn)" t nil)
24085
24086 ;;;***
24087 \f
24088 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24089 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17390
24090 ;;;;;; 26945))
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24092
24093 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24094 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24095 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24096 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24097 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24098 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24099 in the cluster.
24100
24101 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24102
24103 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24104 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24105 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24106 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24107 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24108
24109 \(fn)" t nil)
24110
24111 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24112 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24113 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24114 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24115 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
24116 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24117 `shadow-define-cluster').
24118
24119 \(fn)" t nil)
24120
24121 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24122 Set up file shadowing.
24123
24124 \(fn)" t nil)
24125
24126 ;;;***
24127 \f
24128 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24129 ;;;;;; (17591 9570))
24130 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24131
24132 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24133 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24134 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24135 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24136 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24137 arguments.")
24138
24139 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
24140
24141 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24142 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24143 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24144 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24145 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24146 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24147 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24148 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
24149 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
24150 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
24151 discards input when it starts up.)
24152 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24153 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24154 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24155
24156 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24157 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24158 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24159 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24160 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24161 `default-process-coding-system'.
24162
24163 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24164 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24165 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24166 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24167
24168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24169
24170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24171 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24172
24173 ;;;***
24174 \f
24175 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24176 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24178
24179 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24180 Not documented
24181
24182 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24185 Not documented
24186
24187 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24188
24189 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24190 Not documented
24191
24192 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24193
24194 ;;;***
24195 \f
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24197 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24199
24200 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24201 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24202 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24203 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24204 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24205
24206 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24207
24208 \(fn)" t nil)
24209
24210 ;;;***
24211 \f
24212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17591 9719))
24213 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24214 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24215
24216 ;;;***
24217 \f
24218 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17390
24219 ;;;;;; 27409))
24220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24221
24222 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24223 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24224 \\{simula-mode-map}
24225 Variables controlling indentation style:
24226 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24227 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24228 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24229 `simula-indent-level'
24230 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24231 `simula-substatement-offset'
24232 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24233 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24234 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24235 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24236 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24237 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24238 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24239 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24240 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24241 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24242 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24243 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24244 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24245 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24246 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24247 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24248 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24249 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24250 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24251 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24252 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24253 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24254 or nil if they should not be changed.
24255 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24256 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24257 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24258 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24259
24260 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24261 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24262
24263 \(fn)" t nil)
24264
24265 ;;;***
24266 \f
24267 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24268 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17524 8650))
24269 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24270
24271 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24272 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24273
24274 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24275 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24276 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24277 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24278
24279 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24280
24281 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24282 Insert SKELETON.
24283 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24284 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24285 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24286 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24287 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24288
24289 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24290 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24291
24292 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24293
24294 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24295 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24296
24297 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24298 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24299 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24300 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24301
24302 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24303 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24304 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24305 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24306
24307 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24308 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24309 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24310
24311 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24312 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24313
24314 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24315 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24316
24317 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24318 _ interesting point, interregion here
24319 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24320 interesting point set by _
24321 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24322 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24323 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24324 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24325 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24326 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24327 nil skipped
24328
24329 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24330 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24331
24332 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24333 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24334 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24335 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24336 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24337 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24338 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24339 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24340
24341 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24342 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24343 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24344 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24345 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24346 available:
24347
24348 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24349 then: insert previously read string once more
24350 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24351 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24352 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24353
24354 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24355 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24356
24357 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24358
24359 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24360 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24361
24362 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24363 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24364 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24365 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24366 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24367 such as backslash.
24368
24369 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24370 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24371 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24372
24373 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24374
24375 ;;;***
24376 \f
24377 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24378 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
24379 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24380
24381 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24382 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24383 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24384 buffer names.
24385
24386 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24387
24388 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24389 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24390 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24391
24392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24393
24394 ;;;***
24395 \f
24396 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24397 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24399
24400 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24401 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24402 A list of images is returned.
24403
24404 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24405
24406 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24407 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24408 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24409
24410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24411
24412 ;;;***
24413 \f
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24415 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17390 26943))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24417
24418 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24419 Not documented
24420
24421 \(fn)" nil nil)
24422
24423 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24424 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24425
24426 \(fn)" t nil)
24427
24428 ;;;***
24429 \f
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17383 38807))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24432
24433 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24434 Play the Snake game.
24435 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24436
24437 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24438
24439 Snake mode keybindings:
24440 \\<snake-mode-map>
24441 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24442 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24443 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24444 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24445 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24446 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24447 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24448
24449 \(fn)" t nil)
24450
24451 ;;;***
24452 \f
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24454 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24456
24457 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24458 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24459 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24460 Tab indents for C code.
24461 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24463 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24464 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24465 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24466
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24468
24469 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24470 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24472 Tab indents for C code.
24473 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24475 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24476 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24477 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24478
24479 \(fn)" t nil)
24480
24481 ;;;***
24482 \f
24483 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24484 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24485 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24487
24488 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24489 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24490
24491 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24492 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24493 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24494
24495 For example, the form
24496
24497 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24498 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24499
24500 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24501
24502 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24503
24504 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24505 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24506
24507 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24508 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24509 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24510 York City.
24511
24512 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24513
24514 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24515
24516 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24517 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24518
24519 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24520 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24521 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24522 York City.
24523
24524 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24525
24526 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24527
24528 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24529 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24530 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24531 pair.
24532
24533 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24534
24535 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24536
24537 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24538 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24539 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24540
24541 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24542 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24543
24544 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24545
24546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24547
24548 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24549 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24550 Requires floating point.
24551
24552 \(fn)" nil nil)
24553
24554 ;;;***
24555 \f
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17383
24557 ;;;;;; 38807))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24559
24560 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24561 Play Solitaire.
24562
24563 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24564 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24565 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24566 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24567 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24568 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24569 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24570 check after each move or undo)
24571
24572 What is Solitaire?
24573
24574 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24575 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24576 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24577
24578 Le Solitaire
24579 ============
24580
24581 o o o
24582
24583 o o o
24584
24585 o o o o o o o
24586
24587 o o o . o o o
24588
24589 o o o o o o o
24590
24591 o o o
24592
24593 o o o
24594
24595 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24596 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24597 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24598 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24599
24600 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24601 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24602 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24603 this: o o .
24604
24605 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24606 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24607
24608 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24609
24610 o o o
24611
24612 . o o
24613
24614 o o . o o o o
24615
24616 o . o o o o o
24617
24618 o o o o o o o
24619
24620 o o o
24621
24622 o o o
24623
24624 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24625
24626 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24627
24628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24629
24630 ;;;***
24631 \f
24632 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24633 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24634 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17466 28166))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24636
24637 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24638 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24639
24640 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24641 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24642 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24643 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24644 contiguous.
24645
24646 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24647 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24648 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24649 the sort order.
24650
24651 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24652 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24653
24654 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24655 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24656 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24657 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24658 is called.
24659
24660 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24661 It should move point to the end of the record.
24662
24663 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24664 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24665 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24666 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24667 starts at the beginning of the record.
24668
24669 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24670 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24671 same as ENDRECFUN.
24672
24673 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24674 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24675
24676 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24677
24678 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24679 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24680 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24681 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24682 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24683 the sort order.
24684
24685 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24686
24687 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24688 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24689 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24690 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24691 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24692 the sort order.
24693
24694 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24695
24696 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24697 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24698 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24699 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24700 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24701 the sort order.
24702
24703 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24704
24705 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24706 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24707 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24708 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24709 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24710 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24711 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24712 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24713 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24714
24715 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24716
24717 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24718 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24719 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24720 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24721 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24722 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24723 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24724 the sort order.
24725
24726 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24727
24728 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24729 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24730 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24731 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24732 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24733 is to be used for sorting.
24734 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24735 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24736 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24737 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24738 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24739
24740 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24741
24742 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24743 the sort order.
24744
24745 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24746 starting with the letter \"f\",
24747 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24748
24749 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24750
24751 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24752 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24753 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24754 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24755 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24756 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24757 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24758 the sort order.
24759
24760 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24761 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24762 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24763 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24764 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24765
24766 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24767
24768 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24769 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24770 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24771
24772 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24773
24774 ;;;***
24775 \f
24776 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17441
24777 ;;;;;; 26811))
24778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24779
24780 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24781 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24782
24783 \(fn)" t nil)
24784
24785 ;;;***
24786 \f
24787 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24788 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24789 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
24790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24791
24792 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24793 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24794
24795 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24796 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24797 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24798
24799 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24800
24801 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24802 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24803 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24804 server.
24805
24806 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24807
24808 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24809 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24810 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24811
24812 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24813
24814 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24815 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24816 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24817 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24818 Agent is plugged.
24819
24820 \(fn)" t nil)
24821
24822 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24823 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24824 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24825 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24826
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24828
24829 ;;;***
24830 \f
24831 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24832 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17549 4607))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24834
24835 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24836
24837 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24838 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24839 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24840 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24841 supported at a time.
24842 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24843 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24844
24845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24846
24847 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24848 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24849 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24850 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24851
24852 \(fn)" t nil)
24853
24854 ;;;***
24855 \f
24856 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24857 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17390 26946))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24859
24860 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24861
24862 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24863 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24864 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24865 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24866 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24867 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24868
24869 \(fn)" t nil)
24870
24871 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24872 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24873 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24874 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24875
24876 \(fn)" t nil)
24877
24878 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24879 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24880 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24881 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24882 for example, \"word\".
24883
24884 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24885
24886 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24887 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24888
24889 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24890
24891 ;;;***
24892 \f
24893 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17383
24894 ;;;;;; 38807))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24896
24897 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24898 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24899
24900 \(fn)" t nil)
24901
24902 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24903 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24904
24905 \(fn)" nil nil)
24906
24907 ;;;***
24908 \f
24909 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24910 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24911 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24912 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17390
24913 ;;;;;; 27409))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24915
24916 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24917 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24918
24919 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24920 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24921 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24922 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24923 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24924 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24925 of the current highlighting list.
24926
24927 For example:
24928
24929 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24930 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24931
24932 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24933 `_t' as data types.
24934
24935 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24936
24937 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24938 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24939
24940 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24941 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24942
24943 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24944
24945 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24946 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24947 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24948
24949 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24950
24951 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24952 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24953 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24954 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24955 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24956 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24957 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24958 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24959 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24960
24961 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24962
24963 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24964 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24965 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24966 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24967
24968 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24969 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24970 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24971 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24972
24973 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24974 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24975 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24976
24977 \(fn)" t nil)
24978
24979 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24980 Major mode to edit SQL.
24981
24982 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24983 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24984 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24985
24986 \\{sql-mode-map}
24987 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24988
24989 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24990 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24991 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24992 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24993 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24994 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24995
24996 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24997 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24998
24999 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25000 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25001 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25002
25003 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25004 (lambda ()
25005 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25006
25007 \(fn)" t nil)
25008
25009 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25010 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25011
25012 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25013 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25014 `*SQL*'.
25015
25016 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25017
25018 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25019
25020 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25021 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25022
25023 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25024 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25025 `*SQL*'.
25026
25027 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25028 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25029 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25030 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25031
25032 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25033 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25034
25035 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25036 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25037 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25038 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25039 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25040 `default-process-coding-system'.
25041
25042 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25043
25044 \(fn)" t nil)
25045
25046 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25047 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25048
25049 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25050 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25051 `*SQL*'.
25052
25053 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25054 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25055 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25056 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25057
25058 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25059 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25060
25061 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25062 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25063 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25064 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25065 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25066 `default-process-coding-system'.
25067
25068 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25069
25070 \(fn)" t nil)
25071
25072 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25073 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25074
25075 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25076 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25077 `*SQL*'.
25078
25079 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25080 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25081
25082 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25083 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25084
25085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25087 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25090 `default-process-coding-system'.
25091
25092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25093
25094 \(fn)" t nil)
25095
25096 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25097 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25098
25099 SQLite is free software.
25100
25101 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25102 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25103 `*SQL*'.
25104
25105 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25106 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25107 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25108 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25109
25110 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25111 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25112
25113 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25114 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25115 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25116 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25117 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25118 `default-process-coding-system'.
25119
25120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25121
25122 \(fn)" t nil)
25123
25124 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25125 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25126
25127 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25128
25129 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25130 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25131 `*SQL*'.
25132
25133 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25134 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25135 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25136 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25137
25138 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25139 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25140
25141 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25142 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25143 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25144 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25145 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25146 `default-process-coding-system'.
25147
25148 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25149
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25151
25152 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25153 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25154
25155 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25156 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25157 `*SQL*'.
25158
25159 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25160 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25161 defaults, if set.
25162
25163 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25164 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25165
25166 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25167 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25168 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25169 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25170 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25171 `default-process-coding-system'.
25172
25173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25174
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25176
25177 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25178 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25179
25180 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25181 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25182 `*SQL*'.
25183
25184 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25185 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25186
25187 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25188 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25189
25190 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25191 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25192 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25193 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25194 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25195 `default-process-coding-system'.
25196
25197 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25198
25199 \(fn)" t nil)
25200
25201 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25202 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25203
25204 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25205 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25206 `*SQL*'.
25207
25208 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25209 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25210 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25211 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25212
25213 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25215
25216 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25217 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25218 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25219 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25220 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25221 `default-process-coding-system'.
25222
25223 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25224
25225 \(fn)" t nil)
25226
25227 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25228 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25229
25230 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25231 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25232 `*SQL*'.
25233
25234 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25235 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25236 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25237 `sql-postgres-options'.
25238
25239 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25240 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25241
25242 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25243 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25244 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25245 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25246 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25247 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25248 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25249 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25250
25251 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25252 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25253
25254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25259 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25260
25261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25263 `*SQL*'.
25264
25265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25266 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25267 defaults, if set.
25268
25269 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25270 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25271
25272 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25273 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25274 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25275 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25276 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25277 `default-process-coding-system'.
25278
25279 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25280
25281 \(fn)" t nil)
25282
25283 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25284 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25285
25286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25288 `*SQL*'.
25289
25290 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25291 automatic login.
25292
25293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25295
25296 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25297 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25298 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25299 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25300
25301 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25302 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25303 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25304 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25305 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25306 `default-process-coding-system'.
25307
25308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25309
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25311
25312 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25313 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25314
25315 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25316 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25317 `*SQL*'.
25318
25319 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25320 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25321 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25322 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25323 parameters.
25324
25325 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25326 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25327 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25328 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25329 an empty password.
25330
25331 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25332 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25333
25334 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25335
25336 \(fn)" t nil)
25337
25338 ;;;***
25339 \f
25340 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25341 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25342 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25343 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25344 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17390
25345 ;;;;;; 26945))
25346 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25347
25348 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25349 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25350 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25351 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25352 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25353 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25354
25355 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25356
25357 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25358
25359 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25360 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25361 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25362 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25363 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25364 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25365 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25366
25367 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25368
25369 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25370 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25371 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25372 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25373 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25374 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25375 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25376
25377 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25378
25379 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25380 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25381 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25382
25383 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25384
25385 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25386 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25387 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25388
25389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25390
25391 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25392 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25393
25394 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25395
25396 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25397 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25398
25399 \(fn)" t nil)
25400
25401 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25402 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25403
25404 \(fn)" t nil)
25405
25406 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25407 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25408 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25409 chronologically by command name.
25410 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25411
25412 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25413
25414 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25415 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25416 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25418 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25419
25420 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25421
25422 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25423
25424 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25425 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25426 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25427 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25428 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25429 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25430 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25431
25432 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25433 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25434 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25435 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25436
25437 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25438
25439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25440
25441 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25442 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25443 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25444 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25445
25446 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25447
25448 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25449 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25450
25451 \(fn)" t nil)
25452
25453 ;;;***
25454 \f
25455 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25456 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25458
25459 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25460 Studlify-case the region.
25461
25462 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25463
25464 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25465 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25466
25467 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25468
25469 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25470 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25471
25472 \(fn)" t nil)
25473
25474 ;;;***
25475 \f
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17591 9622))
25477 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25478
25479 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25480 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25481 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25482 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25483 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25484 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25485
25486 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25487 is used instead of `load-path'.
25488
25489 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25490 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25491 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25492
25493 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25494
25495 ;;;***
25496 \f
25497 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25498 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
25499 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25500
25501 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25502 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25503 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25504 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25505 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25506 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25507 original message but it does require a few things:
25508
25509 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25510
25511 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25512 reply buffer.
25513
25514 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25515 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25516 original message.
25517
25518 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25519
25520 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25521
25522 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25523 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25524 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25525
25526 \(fn)" nil nil)
25527
25528 ;;;***
25529 \f
25530 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17425 24371))
25531 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25532
25533 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25534 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25535 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25537 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25538
25539 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25540
25541 (put (quote t-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25542
25543 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25544 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25545 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25546
25547 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25548
25549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25550
25551 ;;;***
25552 \f
25553 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17390 26945))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25555
25556 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25557 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25558 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25559 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25560 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25561
25562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25563
25564 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25565 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25566 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25567 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25568 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25569 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25570 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25571
25572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25573
25574 ;;;***
25575 \f
25576 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25577 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25578 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25579 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25580 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25581 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25582 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25583 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25584 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25585 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25586 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25587 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25588 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17549 4608))
25589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25590
25591 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25592 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25593 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25594
25595 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25596
25597 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25598 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25599
25600 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25601
25602 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25603 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25604
25605 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25606
25607 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25608 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25609
25610 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25611
25612 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25613 Insert an editable text table.
25614 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25615 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25616 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25617 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25618 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25619 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25620 delimiting them.
25621
25622 Examples:
25623
25624 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25625
25626 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25627 location of point.
25628
25629 -!-
25630
25631 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25632 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25633 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25634 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25635 first cell.
25636
25637 +-----+-----+-----+
25638 |-!- | | |
25639 +-----+-----+-----+
25640
25641 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25642
25643 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25644 width, which results as
25645
25646 +--------------+-----+-----+
25647 |-!- | | |
25648 +--------------+-----+-----+
25649
25650 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25651 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25652
25653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25654 | | |-!- |
25655 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25656
25657 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25658 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25659 width information to `table-insert'.
25660
25661 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25662
25663 instead of
25664
25665 Cell width(s): 5
25666
25667 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25668 work all together.
25669
25670 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25671 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25672
25673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25674 |-!- | | |
25675 | | | |
25676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25677
25678 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25679
25680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25681 |-!- | | |
25682 | | | |
25683 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25684 | | | |
25685 | | | |
25686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25687
25688 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25689
25690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25691 | | | |
25692 | | | |
25693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25694 | | | |
25695 | | | |
25696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25697 -!-
25698
25699 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25700 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25701 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25702
25703 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25704 | | | |
25705 | | | |
25706 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25707 | | | |
25708 | | | |
25709 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25710 |-!- | | |
25711 | | | |
25712 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25713
25714 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25715 results.
25716
25717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25718 | | | |
25719 | | | |
25720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25721 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25722 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25723 | | |expected results.-!- |
25724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25725 | | | |
25726 | | | |
25727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25728
25729 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25730
25731 \\{table-cell-map}
25732
25733 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25734
25735 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25736 Insert N table row(s).
25737 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25738 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25739 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25740 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25741
25742 \(fn N)" t nil)
25743
25744 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25745 Insert N table column(s).
25746 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25747 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25748 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25749 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25750
25751 \(fn N)" t nil)
25752
25753 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25754 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25755 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25756
25757 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25758
25759 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25760 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25761 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25762 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25763 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25764 all the table specific features.
25765
25766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25767
25768 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25769 Not documented
25770
25771 \(fn)" t nil)
25772
25773 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25774 Recognize all tables within region.
25775 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25776 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25777 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25778 specific features.
25779
25780 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25781
25782 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25783 Not documented
25784
25785 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25786
25787 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25788 Recognize a table at point.
25789 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25790 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25791 the table specific features.
25792
25793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25794
25795 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25796 Not documented
25797
25798 \(fn)" t nil)
25799
25800 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25801 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25802 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25803 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25804 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25805 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25806 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25807
25808 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25809
25810 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25811 Not documented
25812
25813 \(fn)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25816 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25817 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25818 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25819 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25820 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25821 specified.
25822
25823 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25826 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25827 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25828 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25829 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25830 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25831 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25832 table structure.
25833
25834 \(fn N)" t nil)
25835
25836 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25837 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25838 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25839 table's rectangle structure.
25840
25841 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25842
25843 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25844 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25845 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25846 table's rectangle structure.
25847
25848 \(fn N)" t nil)
25849
25850 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25851 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25852 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25853 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25854 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25855
25856 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25857
25858 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25859 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25860 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25861
25862 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25863 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25864 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25865 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25866 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25867 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25868 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25869
25870 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25871 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25872 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25873 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25874 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25875 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25876 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25877
25878 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25879 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25880 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25881 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25882 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25883 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25884 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25885 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25886
25887 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25888
25889 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25890 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25891 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25892 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25893
25894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25895
25896 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25897 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25898 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25899
25900 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25901
25902 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25903 Split current cell vertically.
25904 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25905
25906 \(fn)" t nil)
25907
25908 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25909 Split current cell horizontally.
25910 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25911
25912 \(fn)" t nil)
25913
25914 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25915 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25916 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25917
25918 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25919
25920 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25921 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25922 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25923 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25924
25925 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25928 Justify cell contents.
25929 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25930 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25931 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25932 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25933
25934 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25935
25936 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25937 Justify cells of a row.
25938 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25939 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25940
25941 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25942
25943 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25944 Justify cells of a column.
25945 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25946 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25947
25948 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25949
25950 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25951 Toggle fixing width mode.
25952 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25953 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25954 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25955
25956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25957
25958 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25959 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25960 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25961 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25962 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25963 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25964 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25965 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25966 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25967 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25968 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25969
25970 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25971
25972 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25973 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25974 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25975 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25976 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25977 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25978 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25979 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25980 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25981 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25982 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25983 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25984 untouched.
25985
25986 References used for this implementation:
25987
25988 HTML:
25989 http://www.w3.org
25990
25991 LaTeX:
25992 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25993
25994 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25995 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25996 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25997
25998 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25999
26000 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26001 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26002 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26003 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26004 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26005 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26006 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26007 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26008 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26009 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26010 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26011 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26012 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26013 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26014 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26015 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26016 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26017
26018 Example:
26019
26020 (progn
26021 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26022 (table-forward-cell 15)
26023 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26024 (table-forward-cell 16)
26025 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26026 (table-forward-cell 1)
26027 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26028
26029 (progn
26030 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26031 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26032 (table-forward-cell 1)
26033 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26034
26035 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26036
26037 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26038 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26039 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26040 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26041 consists from cells of same height.
26042
26043 \(fn N)" t nil)
26044
26045 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26046 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26047 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26048 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26049 column must consists from cells of same width.
26050
26051 \(fn N)" t nil)
26052
26053 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26054 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26055 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26056 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26057 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26058 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26059 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26060 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26061 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26062 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26063 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26064 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26065 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26066 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26067 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26068
26069
26070 Example 1:
26071
26072 1, 2, 3, 4
26073 5, 6, 7, 8
26074 , 9, 10
26075
26076 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26077 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26078 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26079 specified as 5.
26080
26081 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26082 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26083 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26084 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26085 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26086 | | 9 | 10 | |
26087 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26088
26089 Note:
26090
26091 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26092 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26093 of each row is optional.
26094
26095
26096 Example 2:
26097
26098 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26099 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26100 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26101 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26102 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26103
26104 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26105 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26106
26107 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26108 expression and raw delimiter regular
26109 expression, it parses the specified text
26110 area and extracts cell items from
26111 non-table text and then forms a table out
26112 of them.
26113
26114 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26115 creates a single cell table. The text in
26116 the specified region is placed in that
26117 cell.-*-
26118
26119 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26120 like this.
26121
26122 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26123 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26124 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26125 | |
26126 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26127 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26128 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26129 | area and extracts cell items from |
26130 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26131 | of them. |
26132 | |
26133 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26134 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26135 | the specified region is placed in that |
26136 | cell. |
26137 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26138
26139 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26140 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26141 independently.
26142
26143 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26144 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26145 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26146 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26147 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26148 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26149 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26150 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26151 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26152 | |of them. |
26153 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26154 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26155 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26156 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26157 | |cell. |
26158 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26159
26160 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26161 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26162 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26163
26164 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26165
26166 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26167 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26168 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26169 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26170 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26171
26172 \(fn)" t nil)
26173
26174 ;;;***
26175 \f
26176 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17390 26945))
26177 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26178
26179 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26180 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26181
26182 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26183
26184 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26185 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26186
26187 \(fn)" t nil)
26188
26189 ;;;***
26190 \f
26191 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17549 4608))
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26193
26194 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26195 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26196 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26197 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26198 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26199 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26200 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26201
26202 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26203 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26204 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26205 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26206
26207 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26208 \\{tar-mode-map}
26209
26210 \(fn)" t nil)
26211
26212 ;;;***
26213 \f
26214 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26215 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 25206))
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26217
26218 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26219 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26220 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26221 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26222 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26223 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26224
26225 Variables controlling indentation style:
26226 `tcl-indent-level'
26227 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26228 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26229 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26230
26231 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26232 documentation for details):
26233 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26234 Controls action of TAB key.
26235 `tcl-auto-newline'
26236 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26237 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26238 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26239 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26240 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26241
26242 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26243 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26244 already exist.
26245
26246 Commands:
26247 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26248
26249 \(fn)" t nil)
26250
26251 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26252 Run inferior Tcl process.
26253 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26254 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26255
26256 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26259 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26260 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26261
26262 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26263
26264 ;;;***
26265 \f
26266 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17390 26944))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26268 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26269
26270 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26271 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26272 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26273 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26274
26275 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26276 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26277 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26278 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26279 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26280
26281 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26282 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26283
26284 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26285 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26286 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26287 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26288
26289 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26290
26291 ;;;***
26292 \f
26293 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17569
26294 ;;;;;; 17797))
26295 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26296
26297 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26298 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26299 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26300 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26301 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26302 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26303
26304 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26305
26306 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26307 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26308 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26309 commands to use in that buffer.
26310
26311 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26312
26313 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26316 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26317
26318 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26319
26320 ;;;***
26321 \f
26322 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17390
26323 ;;;;;; 26946))
26324 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26325
26326 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26327 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26328 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26329 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26330 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26331 program as keyboard input.
26332
26333 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26334 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26335 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26336 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26337
26338 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26339 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26340 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26341 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26342 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26343
26344 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26345
26346 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26347 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26348 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26349 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26350
26351 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26352 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26353 subprocess started.
26354
26355 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26356
26357 ;;;***
26358 \f
26359 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26360 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26362
26363 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26364 Start coverage on function under point.
26365
26366 \(fn)" t nil)
26367
26368 ;;;***
26369 \f
26370 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17383 38807))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26372
26373 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26374 Play the Tetris game.
26375 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26376 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26377 as to form complete rows.
26378
26379 tetris-mode keybindings:
26380 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26381 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26382 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26383 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26384 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26385 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26386 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26387 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26388 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26389
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26391
26392 ;;;***
26393 \f
26394 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26395 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26396 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26397 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26398 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26399 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26400 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26401 ;;;;;; (17569 17779))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26403
26404 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26405 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26406
26407 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26408
26409 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26410 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26411 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26412 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26413 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26414
26415 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26416
26417 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26418 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26419 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26420 if it matches the first line of the file,
26421 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26422
26423 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26424
26425 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26426 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26427 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26428 if the variable is non-nil.")
26429
26430 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26431
26432 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26433 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26434
26435 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26436
26437 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26438 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26439 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26440 See the documentation of that variable.")
26441
26442 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26443
26444 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26445 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26446 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26447 See the documentation of that variable.")
26448
26449 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26450
26451 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26452 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26453 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26454 See the documentation of that variable.")
26455
26456 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26457
26458 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26459 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26460 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26461 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26462 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26463
26464 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26465
26466 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26467 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26468 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26469 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26470
26471 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26472
26473 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26474 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26475 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26476
26477 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26478
26479 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26480 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26481 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26482 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26483
26484 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26485
26486 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26487 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26488 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26489 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26490
26491 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26492
26493 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26494 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26495 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26496 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26497
26498 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26499 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26500 for example,
26501
26502 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26503 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26504
26505 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26506 use.")
26507
26508 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26509
26510 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26511 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26512 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26513 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26514 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26515
26516 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26517
26518 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26519
26520 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26521 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26522 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26523
26524 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26525
26526 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26527 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26528 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26529 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26530 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26531
26532 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26533
26534 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26535 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26536
26537 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26538
26539 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26540 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26541
26542 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26543
26544 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26545 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26546 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26547 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26548 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26549 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26550 says which mode to use.
26551
26552 \(fn)" t nil)
26553
26554 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26555
26556 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26557
26558 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26559
26560 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26561 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26562 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26563 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26564 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26565
26566 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26567 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26568 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26569 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26570 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26571 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26572 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26573
26574 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26575 mismatched $'s or braces.
26576
26577 Special commands:
26578 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26579
26580 Mode variables:
26581 tex-run-command
26582 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26583 tex-directory
26584 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26585 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26586 tex-dvi-print-command
26587 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26588 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26589 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26590 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26591 tex-dvi-view-command
26592 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26593 tex-show-queue-command
26594 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26595 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26596
26597 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26598 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26599 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26600
26601 \(fn)" t nil)
26602
26603 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26604 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26605 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26606 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26607 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26608
26609 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26610 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26611 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26612 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26613 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26614 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26615 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26616
26617 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26618 mismatched $'s or braces.
26619
26620 Special commands:
26621 \\{latex-mode-map}
26622
26623 Mode variables:
26624 latex-run-command
26625 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26626 tex-directory
26627 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26628 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26629 tex-dvi-print-command
26630 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26631 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26632 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26633 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26634 tex-dvi-view-command
26635 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26636 tex-show-queue-command
26637 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26638 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26639
26640 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26641 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26642 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26643
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26645
26646 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26647 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26648 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26649 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26650 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26651
26652 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26653 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26654 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26655 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26656 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26657 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26658 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26659
26660 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26661 mismatched $'s or braces.
26662
26663 Special commands:
26664 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26665
26666 Mode variables:
26667 slitex-run-command
26668 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26669 tex-directory
26670 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26671 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26672 tex-dvi-print-command
26673 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26674 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26675 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26676 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26677 tex-dvi-view-command
26678 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26679 tex-show-queue-command
26680 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26681 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26682
26683 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26684 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26685 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26686 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26687
26688 \(fn)" t nil)
26689
26690 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26691 Not documented
26692
26693 \(fn)" nil nil)
26694
26695 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26696 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26697
26698 \(fn)" t nil)
26699
26700 ;;;***
26701 \f
26702 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26703 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17591 9719))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26705
26706 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26707 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26708 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26709 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26710
26711 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26712 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26713 Info-split to do these manually.
26714
26715 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26716
26717 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26718 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26719 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26720 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26721 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26722
26723 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26724
26725 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26726 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26727 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26728 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26729
26730 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26731 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26732 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26733 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26734
26735 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26736 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26737
26738 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26739
26740 ;;;***
26741 \f
26742 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26743 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26745
26746 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26747 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26748
26749 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26750
26751 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26752 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26753
26754 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26755
26756 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26757 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26758
26759 It has these extra commands:
26760 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26761
26762 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26763 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26764 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26765 modified version of TeX input format.
26766
26767 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26768 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26769 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26770 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26771
26772 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26773 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26774 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26775 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26776 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26777 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26778 in the Texinfo file.
26779
26780 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26781 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26782 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26783 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26784 move forward past the closing brace.
26785
26786 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26787 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26788
26789 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26790 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26791 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26792
26793 Here are the functions:
26794
26795 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26796 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26797 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26798
26799 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26800 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26801 texinfo-master-menu
26802
26803 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26804
26805 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26806 which menu descriptions are indented.
26807
26808 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26809 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26810 in the region.
26811
26812 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26813 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26814 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26815 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26816
26817 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26818 be the first node in the file.
26819
26820 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26821 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26822
26823 \(fn)" t nil)
26824
26825 ;;;***
26826 \f
26827 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26828 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26829 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26830 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
26831 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26832
26833 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26834 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26835 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26836 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26837
26838 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26839
26840 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26841 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26842
26843 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26844
26845 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26846 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26847
26848 \(fn)" t nil)
26849
26850 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26851 Not documented
26852
26853 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26854
26855 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26856 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26857 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26858 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26859 to compose.
26860
26861 The return value is number of composed characters.
26862
26863 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26864
26865 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26866 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26867
26868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26869
26870 ;;;***
26871 \f
26872 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26873 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26874 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17591 9294))
26875 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26876
26877 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26878 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26879
26880 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26881
26882 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26883 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26884 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26885 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26886 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26887
26888 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26889 a symbol as a valid THING.
26890
26891 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26892 of the textual entity that was found.
26893
26894 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26895
26896 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26897 Return the THING at point.
26898 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26899 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26900 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26901
26902 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26903 a symbol as a valid THING.
26904
26905 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26906
26907 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26908 Not documented
26909
26910 \(fn)" nil nil)
26911
26912 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26913 Not documented
26914
26915 \(fn)" nil nil)
26916
26917 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26918 Not documented
26919
26920 \(fn)" nil nil)
26921
26922 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26923 Not documented
26924
26925 \(fn)" nil nil)
26926
26927 ;;;***
26928 \f
26929 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26930 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26931 ;;;;;; (17591 9719))
26932 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26933
26934 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26935 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26936
26937 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26938
26939 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26940 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26941 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26942 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26943
26944 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26945
26946 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26947 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26948
26949 \(fn)" t nil)
26950
26951 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26952 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26953
26954 \(fn)" t nil)
26955
26956 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26957
26958 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26959 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26960
26961 \(fn)" t nil)
26962
26963 ;;;***
26964 \f
26965 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26966 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26967 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26968 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26969 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26970 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17279 27080))
26971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26972
26973 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26974 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26975 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26976
26977 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26978
26979 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26980 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26981
26982 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26983
26984 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26985 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26986 The returned string has no composition information.
26987
26988 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26989
26990 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26991 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26992
26993 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26994
26995 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26996 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26997
26998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26999
27000 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27001 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27002 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27003 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27004
27005 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27006
27007 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27008 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27009 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27010 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27011
27012 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27013
27014 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27015 Not documented
27016
27017 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27018
27019 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27020 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27021 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27022
27023 \(fn)" t nil)
27024
27025 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27026 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27027 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27028
27029 \(fn)" t nil)
27030
27031 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27032 Not documented
27033
27034 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27035
27036 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27037 Not documented
27038
27039 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27040
27041 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27042 Not documented
27043
27044 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27045
27046 ;;;***
27047 \f
27048 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27049 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
27050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27051
27052 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27053 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27054 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27055 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27056 parameters.
27057 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27058
27059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27060
27061 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27062 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27063 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27064 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27065 parameters.
27066 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27067
27068 \(fn)" t nil)
27069
27070 ;;;***
27071 \f
27072 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27073 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17390 26947))
27074 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27075
27076 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27077 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27078
27079 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
27080
27081 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27082 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27083 This display updates automatically every minute.
27084 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27085 are displayed as well.
27086 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27087
27088 \(fn)" t nil)
27089
27090 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27091 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27092 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27094 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
27095
27096 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
27097
27098 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27099
27100 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27101 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27102 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27103
27104 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27105 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27106 are displayed as well.
27107 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27108
27109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27110
27111 ;;;***
27112 \f
27113 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27114 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27115 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27116 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
27117 ;;;;;; 27324))
27118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27119
27120 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27121 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27122
27123 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27124
27125 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27126 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27127 You can use `float-time' instead.
27128
27129 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27130
27131 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27132 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27133
27134 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27135
27136 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27137 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27138
27139 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27140
27141 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27142 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27143
27144 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27145
27146 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27147 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27148 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27149
27150 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27151
27152 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27153
27154 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27155 Subtract two time values.
27156 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27157
27158 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27159
27160 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27161 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27162
27163 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27164
27165 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27166 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27167 DATE should be a date-time string.
27168
27169 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27170
27171 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27172 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27173 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27174
27175 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27176
27177 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27178 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27179
27180 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27181
27182 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27183 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27184
27185 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27186
27187 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27188 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27189 TIME should be a time value.
27190 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27191
27192 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27193
27194 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27195 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27196 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27197
27198 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27199
27200 ;;;***
27201 \f
27202 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27203 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17490 7930))
27204 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27205 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27206 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27207 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27208 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27209 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27210 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27211 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27212
27213 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27214 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27215 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27216 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27217 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27218 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27219 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27220 look like one of the following:
27221 Time-stamp: <>
27222 Time-stamp: \" \"
27223 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27224 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27225 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27226 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27227 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27228 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27229 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27230 the template.
27231
27232 \(fn)" t nil)
27233
27234 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27235 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27236 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27237
27238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27239
27240 ;;;***
27241 \f
27242 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27243 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27244 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27245 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27246 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
27247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27248
27249 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27250 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27251 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27252 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27253 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27254 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27255 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27256 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27257 display (non-nil means on).
27258
27259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27260
27261 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27262 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27263 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27264 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27265 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27266 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27267 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27268 this function is called within a day.
27269
27270 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27271 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27272 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27273 discover the name of the project.
27274
27275 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27276
27277 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27278 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27279 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27280 begun during the last time segment.
27281
27282 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27283 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27284 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27285 discover the reason.
27286
27287 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27288
27289 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27290 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27291 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27292 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27293 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27294
27295 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27296
27297 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27298 Change to working on a different project.
27299 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27300 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27301 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27302 working on.
27303
27304 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27305
27306 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27307 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27308 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27309
27310 \(fn)" nil nil)
27311
27312 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27313 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27314 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27315
27316 \(fn)" t nil)
27317
27318 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27319 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27320 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27321 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27322 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27323 \"relative to today\".
27324
27325 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27326
27327 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27328 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27329 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27330 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27331
27332 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27333
27334 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27335 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27336 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27337 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27338 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27339 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27340
27341 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27342
27343 ;;;***
27344 \f
27345 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27346 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27347 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17390 26938))
27348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27349
27350 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27351
27352 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27353 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27354
27355 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27356
27357 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27358 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27359
27360 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27361
27362 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27363 Perform an action at time TIME.
27364 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27365 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27366 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27367 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27368 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27369 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27370
27371 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27372
27373 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27374
27375 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27376 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27377 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27378 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27379 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27380
27381 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27382
27383 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27384
27385 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27386 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27387 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27388 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27389
27390 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27391
27392 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27393 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27394 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27395 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27396
27397 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27398 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27399
27400 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27401
27402 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27403 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27404
27405 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27406 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27407 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27408 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27409 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27410 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27411 be detected.
27412
27413 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27414
27415 ;;;***
27416 \f
27417 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27418 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17279 27079))
27419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27420
27421 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27422 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27423 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27424 the generated Quail package is saved.
27425
27426 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27427
27428 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27429 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27430 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27431 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27432 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27433 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27434 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27435
27436 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27437
27438 ;;;***
27439 \f
27440 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27441 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17279
27442 ;;;;;; 27080))
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27444
27445 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27446 Not documented
27447
27448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27449
27450 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27451 Not documented
27452
27453 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27454
27455 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27456 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27457 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27458 PATTERN regexp.
27459
27460 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27461
27462 ;;;***
27463 \f
27464 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27465 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17390 26947))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27467 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27468 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27469 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27470
27471 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27472 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27473 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27474 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27475 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27476
27477 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27478
27479 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27480 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27481 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27482 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27483 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27484
27485 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27486
27487 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27488 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27489 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27490 in the menu in two ways:
27491 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27492 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27493 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27494
27495 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27496 keymap or an alist of alists.
27497 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27498 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27499
27500 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27501
27502 ;;;***
27503 \f
27504 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27505 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27506 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27508
27509 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27510 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27511
27512 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27513
27514 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27515 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27516
27517 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27518
27519 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27520 Insert new TODO list entry.
27521 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27522 category.
27523
27524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27525
27526 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27527 List top priorities for each category.
27528
27529 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27530 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27531
27532 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27533 between each category.
27534
27535 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27536
27537 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27538 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27539 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27540 between each category.
27541
27542 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27543
27544 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27545
27546 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27547 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27548
27549 \\{todo-mode-map}
27550
27551 \(fn)" t nil)
27552
27553 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27554 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27555
27556 \(fn)" nil nil)
27557
27558 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27559 Show TODO list.
27560
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27562
27563 ;;;***
27564 \f
27565 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27566 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27567 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17496 38966))
27568 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27569
27570 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27571 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27572 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27573
27574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27575
27576 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27577
27578 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27579 Add an item to the tool bar.
27580 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27581 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27582 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27583 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27584
27585 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27586 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27587 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27588 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27589
27590 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27591 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27592
27593 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27594
27595 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27596 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27597 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27598 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27599 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27600 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27601
27602 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27603 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27604 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27605 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27606
27607 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27608
27609 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27610 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27611 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27612 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27613 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27614 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27615 properties to add to the binding.
27616
27617 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27618
27619 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27620 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27621
27622 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27623
27624 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27625 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27626 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27627 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27628 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27629 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27630 properties to add to the binding.
27631
27632 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27633 holds a keymap.
27634
27635 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27636
27637 ;;;***
27638 \f
27639 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27640 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
27641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27642
27643 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27644 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27645 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27647 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27648
27649 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27650
27651 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27652
27653 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27654 TPU/edt emulation.
27655
27656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27657
27658 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27659
27660 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27661 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27662
27663 \(fn)" t nil)
27664
27665 ;;;***
27666 \f
27667 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27668 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17390 26938))
27669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27670
27671 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27672 Set scroll margins.
27673
27674 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27675
27676 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27677 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27678
27679 \(fn)" t nil)
27680
27681 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27682 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27683
27684 \(fn)" t nil)
27685
27686 ;;;***
27687 \f
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17478 25158))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27690
27691 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27692 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27693 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27694 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27695 to a tcp server on another machine.
27696
27697 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27698
27699 ;;;***
27700 \f
27701 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27702 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17390 26938))
27703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27704
27705 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27706 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27707
27708 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27709
27710 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27711 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27712 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27713 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27714 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27715 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27716 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27717 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27718
27719 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27720
27721 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27722 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27723 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27724 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27725 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27726 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27727 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27728
27729 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27730
27731 ;;;***
27732 \f
27733 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27734 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27735 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27736 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17591 9291))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27738
27739 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27740 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27741 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27742
27743 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27744 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27745 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27746 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27747
27748 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27749 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27750 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27751 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27752
27753 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27754 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27755 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27756 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27757 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27758 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27759 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27760 files which are not really tramp files.
27761
27762 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27763 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27764 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27765 updated after changing this variable.
27766
27767 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27768
27769 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27770
27771 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27772 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27773 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27774 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27775
27776 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27777 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27778 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27779 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27780
27781 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27782 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27783 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27784
27785 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27786 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27787 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27788 updated after changing this variable.
27789
27790 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27791
27792 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27793
27794 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27795 Alist of completion handler functions.
27796 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27797 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27798 normal Emacs functions.")
27799
27800 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27801 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27802 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27803 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27804
27805 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27806 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27807 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27808 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27809
27810 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27811 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27812 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27813
27814 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27815
27816 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27817 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27818 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27819
27820 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27821 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or partial-completion-mode (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27822 (add-hook
27823 'after-init-hook
27824 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27825
27826 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27827 Not documented
27828
27829 \(fn)" nil nil)
27830
27831 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27832 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27833
27834 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27835
27836 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27837 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27838
27839 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27840
27841 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27842 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27843
27844 \(fn)" t nil)
27845
27846 ;;;***
27847 \f
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27849 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27851
27852 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27853 Not documented
27854
27855 \(fn)" nil nil)
27856
27857 ;;;***
27858 \f
27859 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27860 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27861 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27862 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27863 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27864 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17591
27865 ;;;;;; 9719))
27866 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27867
27868 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27869 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27870
27871 \(fn)" t nil)
27872
27873 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27874 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27875
27876 Convenience command that:
27877
27878 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27879 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27880 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27881
27882 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27883 image files in dired and type
27884 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27885
27886 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27887
27888 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27889 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27890
27891 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27892
27893 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27894 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27895 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27896 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27897 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27898 another one).
27899
27900 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27901 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27902 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27903
27904 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27905 instead of erasing it first.
27906
27907 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27908 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27909 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27910 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27911 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27912 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27913
27914 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27915
27916 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27917 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27918 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27919 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27920 displayed.
27921
27922 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27923
27924 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27925
27926 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27927 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27928
27929 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27930
27931 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27932 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27933 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27934
27935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27936
27937 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27938 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27939
27940 \(fn)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27943 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27944 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27945 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27946
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27948
27949 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27950 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27951
27952 \(fn)" t nil)
27953
27954 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27955 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27956
27957 \(fn)" t nil)
27958
27959 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27960 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27961
27962 \(fn)" t nil)
27963
27964 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27965 Display current image file.
27966 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27967 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27968
27969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27972 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27973
27974 \(fn)" t nil)
27975
27976 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27977 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27978 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27979 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27980 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27981 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27982 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27983
27984 \(fn)" t nil)
27985
27986 ;;;***
27987 \f
27988 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27989 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17390 26946))
27990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27991 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27992 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27993 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27994
27995 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27996 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27997 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27998 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27999 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28000 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28001 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28002
28003 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28004
28005 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28006 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28007 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28008 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28009
28010 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28011
28012 \(fn)" t nil)
28013
28014 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28015 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28016 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28017 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28018 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28019 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28020 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28021
28022 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28023 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28024
28025 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28026 \\___/\\
28027 / \\
28028 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28029
28030 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28031
28032 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28033
28034 ;;;***
28035 \f
28036 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28037 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28038 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28039 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28040 ;;;;;; (17390 26947))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28042
28043 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28044 Toggle typing break mode.
28045 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28047 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28048
28049 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
28050
28051 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28052 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28053
28054 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
28055
28056 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28057 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28058
28059 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28060 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28061 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28062
28063 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28064 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28065
28066 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
28067
28068 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28069 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28070
28071 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28072 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28073 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28074 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28075
28076 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
28077
28078 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28079 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28080 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28081
28082 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28083 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28084 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28085 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28086 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28087 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28088
28089 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28090 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28091 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28092 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28093
28094 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28095 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28096
28097 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28098 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28099
28100 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
28101
28102 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28103 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28104 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28105
28106 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28107 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28108 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28109 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28110 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28111 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28112 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28113
28114 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28115 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28116
28117 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28118 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28119 reset the keystroke counter.
28120
28121 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28122 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28123 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28124 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28125
28126 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28127 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28128 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28129 `type-break-schedule' command.
28130
28131 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28132 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28133 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28134 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28135 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28136 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28137 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28138 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28139 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28140
28141 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28142 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28143 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28144 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28145 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28146
28147 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28148 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28149 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28150 approximate good values for this.
28151
28152 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28153 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28154
28155 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28156 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28157 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28158 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28159 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28160 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28161
28162 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28163 a typing break occur. They include:
28164
28165 `type-break-query-mode'
28166 `type-break-query-function'
28167 `type-break-query-interval'
28168
28169 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28170
28171 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28172 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28173 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28174 problems.
28175
28176 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28177
28178 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28179 Take a typing break.
28180
28181 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28182 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28183
28184 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28185 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28186
28187 \(fn)" t nil)
28188
28189 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28190 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28191 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28192 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28193
28194 \(fn)" t nil)
28195
28196 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28197 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28198
28199 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28200 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28201 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28202 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28203 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28204 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28205 average typing speed.)
28206
28207 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28208 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28209 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28210 the computed maximum threshold.
28211
28212 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28213 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28214 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28215 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28216 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28217
28218 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28219
28220 ;;;***
28221 \f
28222 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28223 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17390 26946))
28224 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28225
28226 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28227 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28228 Works by overstriking underscores.
28229 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28230 which specify the range to operate on.
28231
28232 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28233
28234 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28235 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28236 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28237 which specify the range to operate on.
28238
28239 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28240
28241 ;;;***
28242 \f
28243 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28244 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17390 26943))
28245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28246
28247 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28248 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28249 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28250
28251 \(fn)" t nil)
28252
28253 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28254 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28255 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28256 following the containing message.
28257
28258 \(fn)" t nil)
28259
28260 ;;;***
28261 \f
28262 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28263 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
28264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28265
28266 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28267 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28268 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28269 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28270 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28271 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28272
28273 \(fn)" nil nil)
28274
28275 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28276 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28277
28278 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28279
28280 ;;;***
28281 \f
28282 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
28283 ;;;;;; 10313))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28285
28286 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28287 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28288 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28289 of symbols with local bindings.
28290
28291 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28292
28293 ;;;***
28294 \f
28295 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28296 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17403 14074))
28297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28298
28299 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28300 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28301 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28302
28303 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28304 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28305 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
28306 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
28307 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
28308 followed by CBARGS.
28309
28310 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28311 already completed.
28312
28313 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28314
28315 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28316 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28317 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28318 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28319 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28320
28321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28322
28323 ;;;***
28324 \f
28325 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28326 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
28327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28328
28329 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28330 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28331 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28332
28333 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28334 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28335 `url-generic-parse-url'
28336 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28337 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28338 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28339 realm
28340 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28341 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28342 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28343 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28344 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28345 what type of auth to use
28346 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28347 if one cannot be found in the cache
28348
28349 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28350
28351 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28352 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28353
28354 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28355 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28356 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28357 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28358 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28359 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28360 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28361 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28362
28363 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28364
28365 ;;;***
28366 \f
28367 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28368 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
28369 ;;;;;; 56256))
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28371
28372 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28373 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28374
28375 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28376
28377 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28378 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28379
28380 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28381
28382 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28383 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28384
28385 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28386
28387 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28388 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28389
28390 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28391
28392 ;;;***
28393 \f
28394 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28396
28397 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28398 Not documented
28399
28400 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28401
28402 ;;;***
28403 \f
28404 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28405 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17383 38807))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28407
28408 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28409 Not documented
28410
28411 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28412
28413 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28414 Not documented
28415
28416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28417
28418 ;;;***
28419 \f
28420 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28421 ;;;;;; 38807))
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28423
28424 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28425 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28426
28427 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28428
28429 ;;;***
28430 \f
28431 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28432 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17490 7930))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28434
28435 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28436 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28437
28438 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28439
28440 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28441 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28442 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28443 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28444
28445 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28446
28447 ;;;***
28448 \f
28449 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28450 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17490
28451 ;;;;;; 7930))
28452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28453
28454 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28455 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28456 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28458 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28459
28460 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28461
28462 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28463 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28464
28465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28466
28467 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28468 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28469 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28470 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28471 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28472 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28473 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28474 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28475 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28476
28477 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28478
28479 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28480 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28481 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28482 accessible.
28483
28484 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28485
28486 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28487 Not documented
28488
28489 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28490
28491 ;;;***
28492 \f
28493 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28494 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17515 24863))
28495 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28496
28497 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28498 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28499 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28500 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28501 CBARGS as the arguments.
28502
28503 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28504
28505 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28506 Not documented
28507
28508 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28509
28510 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28511
28512 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28513 Not documented
28514
28515 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28516
28517 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28518 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28519 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28520
28521 Property list members:
28522
28523 methods
28524 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28525 supports.
28526
28527 dav
28528 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28529 supported.
28530
28531 dasl
28532 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28533
28534 ranges
28535 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28536
28537 p3p
28538 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28539 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28540 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28541 Emacs/W3.
28542
28543 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28544
28545 ;;;***
28546 \f
28547 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 9873))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28549
28550 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28551 Not documented
28552
28553 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28554
28555 ;;;***
28556 \f
28557 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28558 ;;;;;; 38807))
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28560
28561 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28562 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28563 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28564 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28565 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28566
28567 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28568
28569 ;;;***
28570 \f
28571 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28572 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28573 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28574
28575 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28576 Not documented
28577
28578 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28579
28580 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28581 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28582
28583 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28584
28585 ;;;***
28586 \f
28587 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28588 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28589 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28590
28591 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28592 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28593
28594 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28595
28596 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28597 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28598
28599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28600
28601 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28602 Not documented
28603
28604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28605
28606 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28607
28608 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28609
28610 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28611
28612 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28613 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28614
28615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28616
28617 ;;;***
28618 \f
28619 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28620 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28622
28623 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28624 Not documented
28625
28626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28627
28628 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28629 Not documented
28630
28631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28632
28633 ;;;***
28634 \f
28635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28636 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28637 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28639
28640 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28641 Not documented
28642
28643 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28644
28645 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28646 Not documented
28647
28648 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28649
28650 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28651 Not documented
28652
28653 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28654
28655 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28656 Not documented
28657
28658 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28659
28660 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28661 Not documented
28662
28663 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28664
28665 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28666 Not documented
28667
28668 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28669
28670 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28671 Not documented
28672
28673 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28674
28675 ;;;***
28676 \f
28677 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28678 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17383 38807))
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28680
28681 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28682 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28683
28684 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28685
28686 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28687 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28688 Format is:
28689 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28690
28691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28692
28693 ;;;***
28694 \f
28695 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28696 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28698
28699 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28700 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28701
28702 \(fn)" t nil)
28703
28704 ;;;***
28705 \f
28706 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28707 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28708 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28709 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28710 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28711 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28712 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28714
28715 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28716 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28717 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28718
28719 If t, all messages will be logged.
28720 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28721 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28722
28723 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28724
28725 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28726 Not documented
28727
28728 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28729
28730 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28731 Not documented
28732
28733 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28736 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28737 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28738 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28739 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28740 & ==> &amp;
28741 < ==> &lt;
28742 > ==> &gt;
28743 \" ==> &quot;
28744
28745 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28746
28747 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28748 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28749 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28750
28751 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28752
28753 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28754 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28755 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28756
28757 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28758
28759 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28760 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28761
28762 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28763
28764 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28765 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28766
28767 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28768
28769 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28770 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28771
28772 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28773
28774 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28775 Not documented
28776
28777 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28778
28779 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28780 Not documented
28781
28782 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28783
28784 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28785 Not documented
28786
28787 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28790 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28791
28792 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28793
28794 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28795 Not documented
28796
28797 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28798
28799 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28800 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28801 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28802 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28803 forbidden in URL encoding.
28804
28805 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28806
28807 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28808 Escape characters in a string.
28809
28810 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28811
28812 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28813 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28814 If optional variable X is t,
28815 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28816
28817 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28818
28819 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28820 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28821 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28822
28823 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28824
28825 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28826 View the current document's URL.
28827 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28828 the minibuffer.
28829
28830 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28831
28832 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28833
28834 ;;;***
28835 \f
28836 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28837 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17390 26947))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28839
28840 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28841 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28842 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28843 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28844 to refrain from editing the file
28845 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28846 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28847 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28848 in any way you like.
28849
28850 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28851
28852 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28853 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28854 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28855 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28856 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28857
28858 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28859 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28860
28861 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28862
28863 ;;;***
28864 \f
28865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17279 27196))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28867 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28868
28869 ;;;***
28870 \f
28871 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28872 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28873 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28875
28876 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28877 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28878 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28879 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28880
28881 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28882
28883 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28884 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28885 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28886
28887 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28888
28889 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28890 Uudecode region between START and END.
28891 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28892
28893 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28894
28895 ;;;***
28896 \f
28897 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28898 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28899 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28900 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28901 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28902 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28903 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17591 9719))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28905
28906 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28907 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28908 See `run-hooks'.")
28909
28910 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28911
28912 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28913 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28914 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28915
28916 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28917
28918 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28919 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28920 See `run-hooks'.")
28921
28922 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28923
28924 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28925 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28926
28927 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28928
28929 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28930 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28931
28932 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28933
28934 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28935 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28936 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28937 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28938 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28939 somebody else, signal error.
28940
28941 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28942
28943 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28944 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28945 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28946 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28947 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28948
28949 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28950
28951 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28952 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28953 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28954 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28955 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28956 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28957 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28958 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28959 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28960 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28961 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28962 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28963
28964 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28965
28966 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28967 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28968
28969 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28970 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28971
28972 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28973 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28974 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28975 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28976 lock steals will raise an error.
28977
28978 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28979
28980 For RCS and SCCS files:
28981 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28982 control.
28983 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28984 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28985 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28986 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28987 it performs a revert.
28988 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28989 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28990 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28991 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28992 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28993 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28994 the option to steal the lock.
28995
28996 For CVS files:
28997 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28998 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28999 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29000 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29001 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29002 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29003 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29004 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29005 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29006
29007 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29008
29009 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29010 Register the current file into a version control system.
29011 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29012 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29013
29014 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29015 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29016 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29017 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29018 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29019 first backend that could register the file is used.
29020
29021 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29022
29023 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29024 Display diffs between file versions.
29025 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29026 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29027 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29028 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29029 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29030 saving the buffer.
29031
29032 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29033
29034 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29035 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29036 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29037 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29038
29039 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29040
29041 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29042 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29043 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29044 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29045
29046 \(fn)" t nil)
29047
29048 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29049 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29050 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29051 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29052 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29053 from the current branch.
29054
29055 See Info node `Merging'.
29056
29057 \(fn)" t nil)
29058
29059 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29060
29061 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29062 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29063
29064 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29065
29066 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29067 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29068
29069 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29070
29071 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29072 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29073 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29074 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29075 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29076 are checked out in that new branch.
29077
29078 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29079
29080 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29081 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29082 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29083 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29084 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29085 allowed and simply skipped).
29086
29087 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29088
29089 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29090 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29091 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29092
29093 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29094
29095 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29096 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29097 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29098 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29099 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29100
29101 \(fn)" t nil)
29102
29103 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29104 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29105 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29106 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29107 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29108 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29109
29110 \(fn)" t nil)
29111
29112 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29113 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29114 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29115
29116 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29117
29118 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29119 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29120 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29121 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29122 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29123 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29124 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29125
29126 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29127
29128 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29129 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29130 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29131 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29132 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29133 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29134 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29135 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29136 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29137
29138 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29139
29140 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29141 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29142
29143 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29144
29145 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29146 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29147 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29148 directory.
29149
29150 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29151
29152 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29153 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29154 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29155
29156 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29157 log entries should be gathered.
29158
29159 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29160
29161 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29162 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29163
29164 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29165 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29166 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29167 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29168 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29169 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29170
29171 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29172 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29173 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29174 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29175 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29176 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29177 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29178 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29179
29180 Customization variables:
29181
29182 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29183 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29184 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29185 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29186
29187 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29188
29189 ;;;***
29190 \f
29191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17390 26947))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29193 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29194 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29195 (progn
29196 (load "vc-arch")
29197 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29198
29199 ;;;***
29200 \f
29201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
29202 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29203 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29204 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29205 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29206 (load "vc-cvs")
29207 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29208
29209 ;;;***
29210 \f
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29213 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29214 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29215 (progn
29216 (load "vc-mcvs")
29217 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29218
29219 ;;;***
29220 \f
29221 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29222 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29224
29225 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29226 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29227 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29228
29229 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29230 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29231
29232 ;;;***
29233 \f
29234 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29235 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29237
29238 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29239 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29240 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29241
29242 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29243 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29244
29245 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29246 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29247 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29248 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29249
29250 ;;;***
29251 \f
29252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17390 27354))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29254 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29255 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29256 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29257 (load "vc-svn")
29258 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29259
29260 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29261
29262 ;;;***
29263 \f
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29265 ;;;;;; (17505 62397))
29266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29267
29268 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29269 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29270
29271 Usage:
29272 ------
29273
29274 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29275 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29276 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29277 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29278 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29279 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29280 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29281 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29282 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29283
29284 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29285 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29286 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29287 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29288
29289 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29290 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29291 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29292 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29293 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29294
29295 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29296 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29297
29298
29299 HEADER INSERTION:
29300 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29301 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29302 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29303
29304
29305 STUTTERING:
29306 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29307 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29308 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29309 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29310
29311 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29312 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29313 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29314 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29315 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29316
29317
29318 WORD COMPLETION:
29319 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29320 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29321 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29322 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29323
29324 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29325 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29326 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29327 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29328 beginning with \"std\").
29329
29330 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29331 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29332 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29333 stop.
29334
29335
29336 COMMENTS:
29337 `--' puts a single comment.
29338 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29339 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29340 with a comment in between.
29341 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29342 out following lines.
29343 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29344 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29345
29346 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29347 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29348 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29349 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29350 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29351 non-nil.
29352
29353 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29354 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29355 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29356 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29357 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29358 multi-line comments.
29359
29360
29361 INDENTATION:
29362 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29363 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29364 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29365 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29366
29367 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29368 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29369 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29370 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29371
29372 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29373 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29374 and vice versa.
29375
29376 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29377 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29378
29379
29380 ALIGNMENT:
29381 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29382 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29383 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29384 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29385 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29386 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29387 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29388 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29389
29390 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29391 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29392 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29393 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29394 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29395 is non-nil.
29396
29397 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29398 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29399 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29400
29401 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29402 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29403
29404
29405 CODE FILLING:
29406 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29407 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29408 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29409 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29410 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29411 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29412
29413
29414 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29415 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29416 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29417 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29418 command:
29419
29420 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29421
29422
29423 PORT TRANSLATION:
29424 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29425 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29426 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29427 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29428 internal signal initializations (menu).
29429
29430 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29431 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29432 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29433
29434 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29435 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29436 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29437 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29438 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29439 in subsequent paste operations.)
29440
29441 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29442 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29443 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29444
29445
29446 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29447 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29448 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29449 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29450 association list with formals).
29451
29452
29453 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29454 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29455 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29456 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29457 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29458 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29459 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29460 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29461 `vhdl-testbench'.
29462
29463
29464 KEY BINDINGS:
29465 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29466
29467
29468 VHDL MENU:
29469 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29470
29471
29472 FILE BROWSER:
29473 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29474 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29475 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29476
29477 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29478 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29479
29480
29481 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29482 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29483 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29484 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29485
29486 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29487 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29488 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29489
29490 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29491 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29492 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29493 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29494
29495 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29496 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29497 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29498 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29499 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29500
29501 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29502 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29503 required by secondary units.
29504
29505
29506 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29507 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29508 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29509 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29510 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29511 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29512 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29513 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29514 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29515 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29516 inputs to this component -> input port created
29517 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29518 outputs from this component -> output port created
29519 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29520 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29521
29522 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29523 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29524 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29525 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29526 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29527
29528 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29529 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29530
29531 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29532 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29533 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29534 component instantiation is also supported (option
29535 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29536
29537 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29538 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29539 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29540 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29541 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29542 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29543 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29544 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29545 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29546 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29547 | generating the configuration.
29548 |
29549 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29550 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29551 | configurations in speedbar.
29552
29553 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29554
29555
29556 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29557 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29558 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29559 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29560 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29561 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29562 information. New compilers can be added.
29563
29564 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29565 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29566
29567
29568 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29569 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29570 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29571 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29572 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29573
29574 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29575 command:
29576
29577 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29578 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29579 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29580
29581 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29582 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29583 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29584 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29585 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29586 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29587 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29588
29589 Limitations:
29590 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29591 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29592 not (yet) supported.
29593 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29594 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29595 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29596
29597
29598 PROJECTS:
29599 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29600 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29601 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29602 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29603 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29604 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29605 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29606 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29607
29608 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29609 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29610 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29611 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29612 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29613 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29614 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29615 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29616 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29617 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29618 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29619
29620
29621 SPECIAL MENUES:
29622 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29623 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29624 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29625 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29626 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29627 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29628 current directory for VHDL source files.
29629
29630
29631 VHDL STANDARDS:
29632 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29633 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29634
29635
29636 KEYWORD CASE:
29637 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29638 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29639 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29640 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29641 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29642 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29643 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29644 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29645
29646
29647 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29648 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29649 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29650 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29651 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29652 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29653 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29654
29655 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29656 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29657 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29658 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29659 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29660 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29661
29662 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29663 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29664 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29665 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29666 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29667 visually.
29668
29669 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29670 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29671 highlighted if written in lower case.
29672
29673 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29674 highlighted using a different background color if option
29675 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29676
29677 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29678 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29679 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29680 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29681 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29682
29683
29684 USER MODELS:
29685 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29686 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29687 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29688
29689
29690 HIDE/SHOW:
29691 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29692 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29693 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29694 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29695 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29696
29697
29698 CODE UPDATING:
29699 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29700 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29701 Limitations:
29702 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29703 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29704 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29705 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29706 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29707 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29708 (used to obtain the port names).
29709
29710
29711 CODE FIXING:
29712 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29713 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29714
29715
29716 PRINTING:
29717 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29718 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29719 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29720 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29721 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29722 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29723 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29724 printers.
29725
29726
29727 OPTIONS:
29728 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29729 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29730 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29731 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29732 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29733
29734 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29735 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29736 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29737 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29738 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29739 INSTALL file).
29740
29741 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29742 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29743
29744
29745 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29746 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29747 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29748 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29749
29750 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29751
29752
29753 HINTS:
29754 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29755 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29756
29757 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29758
29759 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29760
29761 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29762
29763
29764 RELEASE NOTES:
29765 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29766
29767
29768 Maintenance:
29769 ------------
29770
29771 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29772 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29773
29774 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29775
29776 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29777 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29778 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29779 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29780
29781 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29782 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29783 where the latest version can be found.
29784
29785
29786 Known problems:
29787 ---------------
29788
29789 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29790 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29791 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29792
29793
29794 The VHDL Mode Authors
29795 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29796
29797 Key bindings:
29798 -------------
29799
29800 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29801
29802 \(fn)" t nil)
29803
29804 ;;;***
29805 \f
29806 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17279 27079))
29807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29808
29809 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29810 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29811 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29812 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29813
29814 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29815 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29816 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29817 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29818 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29819
29820 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29821 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29822
29823 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29824
29825 * Limitations and unsupported features
29826 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29827 not supported.
29828 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29829 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29830
29831 * Modifications
29832 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29833 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29834 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29835 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29836 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29837 for undoing a repeated change command.
29838 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29839 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29840 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29841
29842 * Extensions
29843 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29844 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29845 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29846 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29847 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29848 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29849 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29850 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29851
29852 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29853
29854 \(fn)" t nil)
29855
29856 ;;;***
29857 \f
29858 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29859 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29860 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29861 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17279 27080))
29862 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29863
29864 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29865 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29866
29867 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29868
29869 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29870 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29871 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29872 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29873
29874 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29875
29876 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29877 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29878
29879 \(fn)" t nil)
29880
29881 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29882 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29883 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29884 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29885
29886 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29887
29888 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29889 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29890
29891 \(fn)" t nil)
29892
29893 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29894 Not documented
29895
29896 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29897
29898 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29899 Not documented
29900
29901 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29902
29903 ;;;***
29904 \f
29905 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29906 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29907 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
29908 ;;;;;; 26949))
29909 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29910
29911 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29912 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29913 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29914 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29915
29916 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29917
29918 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29919 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29920 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29921 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29922 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29923 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29924 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29925
29926 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29927
29928 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29929
29930 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29931 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29932 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29933 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29934 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29935 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29936 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29937 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29938
29939 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29940
29941 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29942
29943 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29944 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29945 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29946 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29947 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29948 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29949 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29950 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29951
29952 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29953
29954 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29955
29956 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29957 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29958 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29959 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29960 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29961 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29962 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29963
29964 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29965
29966 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29967 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29968 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29969
29970 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29971
29972 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29973 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29974 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29976 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29977 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29979 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29980
29981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29982
29983 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29984 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29985 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29986
29987 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29988
29989 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29990 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29991 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29992 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29993 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29994 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29995 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29996 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29997
29998 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29999
30000 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30001 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30002 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30003
30004 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30005
30006 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30007 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30008 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30009
30010 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30011 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30012 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30013 read-only.
30014 \\<view-mode-map>
30015 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30016 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30017 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30018 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30019 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30020
30021 H, h, ? This message.
30022 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30023 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30024 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30025 > move to the end of buffer.
30026 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30027 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30028 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30029 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30030 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30031 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30032 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30033 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30034 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30035 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30036 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30037 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30038 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30039 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30040 Use this to view a changing file.
30041 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30042 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30043 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30044 . set the mark.
30045 x exchanges point and mark.
30046 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30047 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30048 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30049 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30050 ' go to position saved in character register.
30051 s do forward incremental search.
30052 r do reverse incremental search.
30053 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30054 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30055 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30056 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30057 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30058 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30059 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30060 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30061 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30062 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30063 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30064 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30065 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30066 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30067 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30068 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30069 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30070
30071 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30072 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30073 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30074 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30075 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30076 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30077 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30078 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30079 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30080
30081 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30082
30083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30084
30085 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30086 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30087 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30088 `view-return-to-alist'.
30089 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30090 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30091 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30092
30093 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30094 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30095 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30096 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30097 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30098 1) nil Do nothing.
30099 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30100 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30101 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30102 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30103
30104 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30105
30106 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30107
30108 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30109
30110 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30111 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30112
30113 \(fn)" t nil)
30114
30115 ;;;***
30116 \f
30117 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17390
30118 ;;;;;; 26938))
30119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30120
30121 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30122 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30123
30124 \(fn)" nil nil)
30125
30126 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30127 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30128
30129 \(fn)" t nil)
30130
30131 ;;;***
30132 \f
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30134 ;;;;;; (17569 17781))
30135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30136
30137 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30138 Toggle Viper on/off.
30139 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30140
30141 \(fn)" t nil)
30142
30143 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30144 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30145
30146 \(fn)" t nil)
30147
30148 ;;;***
30149 \f
30150 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30151 ;;;;;; (17496 38727))
30152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30153
30154 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30155 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30156 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30157 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30158 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30159 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30160 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30161 the beginning of the warning.")
30162
30163 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30164 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30165 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30166 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30167 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30168 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30169 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30170 also call that function before the next warning.")
30171
30172 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30173 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30174
30175 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30176 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30177 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30178 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30179
30180 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30181 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30182 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30183 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30184 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30185 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30186
30187 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30188 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30189 Default is :warning.
30190
30191 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30192 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30193 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30194 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30195 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30196 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30197
30198 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30199 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30200
30201 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30202
30203 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30204 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30205
30206 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30207
30208 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30209 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30210 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30211 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30212
30213 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30214 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30215 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30216 can be whatever you like.)
30217
30218 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30219 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30220
30221 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30222 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30223 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30224 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30225 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30226
30227 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30228
30229 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30230 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30231 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30232 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30233 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30234
30235 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30236
30237 ;;;***
30238 \f
30239 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30240 ;;;;;; (17425 24371))
30241 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30242
30243 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30244 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30245 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30246 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30247 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30248 in disk.
30249
30250 See `wdired-mode'.
30251
30252 \(fn)" t nil)
30253
30254 ;;;***
30255 \f
30256 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17390 26944))
30257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30258
30259 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30260 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30261
30262 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30263 hotlist.
30264
30265 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30266 <nwv@acm.org>.
30267
30268 \(fn)" t nil)
30269
30270 ;;;***
30271 \f
30272 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30273 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30275 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30276 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30277
30278 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30279
30280 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30281 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30282 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30284 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30285
30286 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
30287
30288 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30289
30290 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30291 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30292 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30293 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30294
30295 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30296 and off otherwise.
30297
30298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30299
30300 ;;;***
30301 \f
30302 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30303 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30304 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30305 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30306 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30307 ;;;;;; (17549 4608))
30308 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30309
30310 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30311 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30312
30313 \(fn)" t nil)
30314
30315 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30316 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30317
30318 \(fn)" t nil)
30319
30320 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30321 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30322
30323 \(fn)" t nil)
30324
30325 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30326 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30327
30328 \(fn)" t nil)
30329
30330 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30331 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30332
30333 \(fn)" t nil)
30334
30335 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30336 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30337 These are:
30338 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30339 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30340 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30341 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30342 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30343
30344 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30345 and:
30346 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30347 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30348
30349 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30350
30351 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30352 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30353
30354 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30355
30356 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30357 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30358 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30359
30360 \(fn)" t nil)
30361
30362 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30363 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30364
30365 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30366
30367 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30368
30369 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30370 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30371 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30373 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30374
30375 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
30376
30377 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30378 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30379 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30380
30381 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30382 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30383
30384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30385
30386 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30387 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30388 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30389
30390 \(fn)" t nil)
30391
30392 ;;;***
30393 \f
30394 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30395 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17390 26950))
30396 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30397
30398 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30399 Browse the widget under point.
30400
30401 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30402
30403 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30404 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30405
30406 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30407
30408 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30409 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30410
30411 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30412
30413 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30414 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30415 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30416
30417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30418
30419 ;;;***
30420 \f
30421 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30422 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17401
30423 ;;;;;; 60138))
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30425
30426 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30427 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30428
30429 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30430
30431 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30432 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30433 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30434
30435 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30436
30437 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30438 Create widget of TYPE.
30439 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30440
30441 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30442
30443 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30444 Delete WIDGET.
30445
30446 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30447
30448 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30449 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30450
30451 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30452
30453 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30454
30455 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30456 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30457 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30458
30459 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30460 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30461
30462 \(fn)" nil nil)
30463
30464 ;;;***
30465 \f
30466 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30467 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17390
30468 ;;;;;; 26950))
30469 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30470
30471 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30472 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30473 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30474 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30475 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30476 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30477 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30478
30479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30480
30481 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30482 Select the window above the current one.
30483 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30484 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30485 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30486 negative ARG) of the current window.
30487 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30488
30489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30490
30491 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30492 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30493 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30494 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30495 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30496 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30497 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30498
30499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30500
30501 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30502 Select the window below the current one.
30503 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30504 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30505 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30506 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30507 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30508
30509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30510
30511 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30512 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30513 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30514 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30515
30516 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30517
30518 ;;;***
30519 \f
30520 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30521 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30522 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30523
30524 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30525 Toggle Winner mode.
30526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30527 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30528
30529 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30530
30531 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30532 Toggle Winner mode.
30533 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30534
30535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30536
30537 ;;;***
30538 \f
30539 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30540 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17466 28571))
30541 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30542
30543 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30544 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30545 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30546 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30547 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30548 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30549 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30550 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30551
30552 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30553 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30554
30555 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30556
30557 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30558 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30559
30560 \(fn)" t nil)
30561
30562 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30563 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30564 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30565 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30566 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30567 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30568 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30569 `woman' command for further details.
30570
30571 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30572
30573 ;;;***
30574 \f
30575 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30576 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
30577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30578
30579 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30580 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30581
30582 BUGS:
30583 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30584 are not implemented
30585 - Options for search and replace
30586 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30587 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30588
30589 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30590 Emacs-like.
30591
30592 The key bindings are:
30593
30594 C-a backward-word
30595 C-b fill-paragraph
30596 C-c scroll-up-line
30597 C-d forward-char
30598 C-e previous-line
30599 C-f forward-word
30600 C-g delete-char
30601 C-h backward-char
30602 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30603 C-j help-for-help
30604 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30605 C-l ws-repeat-search
30606 C-n open-line
30607 C-p quoted-insert
30608 C-r scroll-down-line
30609 C-s backward-char
30610 C-t kill-word
30611 C-u keyboard-quit
30612 C-v overwrite-mode
30613 C-w scroll-down
30614 C-x next-line
30615 C-y kill-complete-line
30616 C-z scroll-up
30617
30618 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30619 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30620 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30621 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30622 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30623 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30624 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30625 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30626 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30627 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30628 C-k b ws-begin-block
30629 C-k c ws-copy-block
30630 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30631 C-k f find-file
30632 C-k h ws-show-markers
30633 C-k i ws-indent-block
30634 C-k k ws-end-block
30635 C-k p ws-print-block
30636 C-k q kill-emacs
30637 C-k r insert-file
30638 C-k s save-some-buffers
30639 C-k t ws-mark-word
30640 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30641 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30642 C-k v ws-move-block
30643 C-k w ws-write-block
30644 C-k x kill-emacs
30645 C-k y ws-delete-block
30646
30647 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30648 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30649 C-o j justify-current-line
30650 C-o k kill-buffer
30651 C-o l list-buffers
30652 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30653 C-o r set-fill-column
30654 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30655 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30656 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30657 C-o wo other-window
30658 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30659
30660 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30661 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30662 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30663 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30664 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30665 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30666 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30667 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30668 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30669 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30670 C-q a ws-query-replace
30671 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30672 C-q c end-of-buffer
30673 C-q d end-of-line
30674 C-q f ws-search
30675 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30676 C-q l ws-undo
30677 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30678 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30679 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30680 C-q w ws-last-error
30681 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30682 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30683
30684 \(fn)" t nil)
30685
30686 ;;;***
30687 \f
30688 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30689 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30690 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30691
30692 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30693 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30694 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30695 Returns the top node with all its children.
30696 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30697 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30698
30699 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30700
30701 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30702 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30703 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30704 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30705 is not well-formed XML.
30706 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30707 and returned as the first element of the list.
30708 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30709
30710 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30711
30712 ;;;***
30713 \f
30714 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
30715 ;;;;;; 26950))
30716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30717
30718 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30719 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30720 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30722 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30723
30724 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30725
30726 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30727
30728 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30729 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30730 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30731
30732 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30733 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30734 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30735 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30736 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30737 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30738
30739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30740
30741 ;;;***
30742 \f
30743 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
30745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30746
30747 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30748 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30749
30750 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30751
30752 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30753 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30754
30755 \(fn)" nil nil)
30756
30757 ;;;***
30758 \f
30759 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30760 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17383 38807))
30761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30762
30763 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30764 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30765
30766 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30767
30768 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30769 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30770
30771 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30772
30773 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30774 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30775 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30776
30777 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30778
30779 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30780 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30781
30782 \(fn)" t nil)
30783
30784 ;;;***
30785 \f
30786 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
30787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30788
30789 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30790 Zone out, completely.
30791
30792 \(fn)" t nil)
30793
30794 ;;;***
30795 \f
30796 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30797 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17390 26944))
30798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30799
30800 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30801 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30802
30803 \(fn)" t nil)
30804
30805 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30806 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30807
30808 Zone-mode does two things:
30809
30810 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30811 when saving the file
30812
30813 - fontification
30814
30815 \(fn)" t nil)
30816
30817 ;;;***
30818 \f
30819 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30941 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30942 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30943 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30944 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30945 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30946 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30947 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30948 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30949 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30950 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30951 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "termdev.el"
30952 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
30953 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
30954 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
30955 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
30956 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
30957 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30958 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30959 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30960 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30961 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30962 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30963 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17591 11825 253467))
30964
30965 ;;;***
30966 \f
30967 ;;; Local Variables:
30968 ;;; version-control: never
30969 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30970 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30971 ;;; End:
30972 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here